WO2017075828A1 - 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置 - Google Patents

设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017075828A1
WO2017075828A1 PCT/CN2015/094054 CN2015094054W WO2017075828A1 WO 2017075828 A1 WO2017075828 A1 WO 2017075828A1 CN 2015094054 W CN2015094054 W CN 2015094054W WO 2017075828 A1 WO2017075828 A1 WO 2017075828A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
resource
interference
base station
degree
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/094054
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
华尧
赵振山
韩广林
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2015/094054 priority Critical patent/WO2017075828A1/zh
Priority to CN201580083943.8A priority patent/CN108141905B/zh
Priority to EP15907670.2A priority patent/EP3361822B1/en
Priority to KR1020187014676A priority patent/KR102142939B1/ko
Publication of WO2017075828A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017075828A1/zh
Priority to US15/971,468 priority patent/US10985857B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J11/00—Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
    • H04J11/0023—Interference mitigation or co-ordination
    • H04J11/005—Interference mitigation or co-ordination of intercell interference
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
    • H04W52/243—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters taking into account interferences
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/38—TPC being performed in particular situations
    • H04W52/383—TPC being performed in particular situations power control in peer-to-peer links
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/541—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J2211/00—Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to orthogonal multiplex systems
    • H04J2211/003—Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to orthogonal multiplex systems within particular systems or standards
    • H04J2211/005—Long term evolution [LTE]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0238—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is an unwanted signal, e.g. interference or idle signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04—Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • the base station only needs to configure, schedule, coordinate, etc. Direct communication between terminals.
  • the base station needs to exchange resource pool information, and the base station broadcasts resource pool information of the current cell and the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal transmits or listens to the signal in the corresponding resource pool according to the resource pool information broadcasted by the base station, so that the terminal has the opportunity to listen to the resource pool of the neighboring cell and implement D2D transmission between the cells.
  • the resource pools of the neighboring cells often overlap.
  • Interference that is, inter-cell interference.
  • the prior art adopts Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (ICIC) technology, that is, an interface between evolved base stations in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system (The interface The eNodeBs, X2) signaling is standardized, and the neighboring cell can exchange the relative narrowband transmit power (RNTP), overload indicator (OI), and high interference of the cell through the X2 interface.
  • RNTP narrowband transmit power
  • OI overload indicator
  • the High Interference Indicator (HII) information, the RNTP, OI, and HII information indicates whether the transmission power on the resource block in the current cell exceeds a threshold in the form of a bitmap, and the neighboring cell base station uses the terminal in the local cell.
  • the RNTP information is used to learn the transmission power of the neighboring cell in the resource, and the resource usage level from the neighboring cell may be determined, and the resource may be scheduled in combination with the resource usage level from the neighboring cell to avoid inter-cell interference.
  • the D2D link since the D2D link is far away from the base station when the terminal performs D2D communication between the terminals, and the base station cannot accurately know the signal quality of the D2D link, the D2D link cannot be measured.
  • the RNTP, OI, and HII information cannot timely and accurately notify the base station of the neighboring cell to adjust the resource scheduling mode, and cannot accurately reduce the inter-cell interference.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, which can solve the problem that the base station cannot accurately know the signal quality of the D2D link when performing D2D communication between the terminals on the cell edge, and cannot accurately reduce the cell. Interference problem.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • the first terminal When the first terminal is a detection terminal, the first terminal receives configuration information sent by the first base station, the configuration information includes resource usage detection parameters, and the detection terminal is configured to measure the detection terminal corresponding terminal to the terminal. a resource usage detection level on the D2D link, where the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure a resource usage detection mode of the first terminal;
  • the first terminal detects resource usage information of a resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or information of the resource location is configured by the resource Information carrying;
  • the first terminal reports the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station performs D2D data on the first terminal or the second terminal using the resource location according to the resource usage information. Adjustment of the transmission method.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is a detecting terminal, the first terminal receives a configuration information resource usage detecting parameter sent by the first base station Before the resource usage information, the method further includes:
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes determining The first terminal is located at a boundary of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, and the parameter of the first preset condition includes a signal power threshold value of the first terminal receiving the first base station signal.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be
  • the detection terminal includes:
  • the first terminal determines that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition
  • the second pre- The condition includes whether the first terminal receives the data packet sent by the resource in the resource list, where the parameter of the second preset condition includes the resource list being the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station and the first base station
  • the resource frequency is in the resource list of the orthogonal relationship, the second base station is corresponding to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station, and the resource list is broadcasted by the first base station;
  • Determining, by the first terminal, whether the first terminal can be a detection terminal according to the second preset condition includes:
  • the first terminal When the first terminal receives the data packet sent by the resource in the resource list, the first terminal determines that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, the third pre- The parameter of the condition includes a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is generated by the first terminal;
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal generates the random number by using a preset random sequence
  • Determining, by the first terminal, whether the first terminal can become the detecting terminal according to the parameter of the preset condition includes:
  • the first terminal determines that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the preset condition, the first Before the terminal can be the detecting terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal Determining, by the first terminal, whether the broadcast information carrying the first temporary identifier sent by the other terminal is received, where the first temporary identifier is the broadcast information that is sent by the other terminal to the other terminal after being determined by the other terminal middle;
  • the first terminal If the first terminal does not receive the broadcast information that carries the first temporary identifier, the first terminal performs the step, and the first terminal determines, according to the parameter of the preset condition, the first Whether the terminal can become the detection terminal.
  • the first terminal is configured to detect a resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal receives an instruction sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes a second temporary identifier that is configured by the first base station for the first terminal; include:
  • the first terminal adds the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes: the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal, and the second temporary identifier is broadcast Broadcast resource location; the method further includes:
  • the first terminal periodically broadcasts the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource is used.
  • the detection threshold includes at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold.
  • the manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting includes a period trigger and an event trigger.
  • the resource usage detection parameter When the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the first terminal when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is periodically triggered, the first terminal
  • the resource usage information for detecting the resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter includes:
  • the first terminal determines whether the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference.
  • a packet proportional threshold or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the received data packet is greater than a proportion of the received data packet;
  • the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first The terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet.
  • the proportional threshold resource usage level it is determined that there is interference.
  • the first The detecting, by the terminal, the resource usage information of the resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter includes:
  • the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first And determining, by the terminal, that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or that the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the proportion of the received data packet, determining that there is interference.
  • the adjusting, by the second resource, the D2D data transmission manner includes re-allocating resources for the second terminal and/or adjusting transmission of D2D data.
  • the power, or the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal is used to indicate that the second terminal adjusts the used transmission resource and/or adjusts the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the second terminal may also be the first terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a resource usage parameter sequence, where the resource usage parameter sequence is Each parameter is paired with one of all resources
  • the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or
  • the resource usage parameter corresponds to the degree of resource usage.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal receives the paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of the currently used resource of the first terminal; or
  • the dedicated signaling sent by the base station, where the dedicated signaling carries a power adjustment value for re-allocating resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or transmitting D2D data for the first terminal;
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the D2D data transmission by the first terminal according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, and/or adjusts a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the first terminal adjusts, by the first terminal, D2D data transmission Resource locations include:
  • the first terminal adjusts the resource location of the first terminal to the no-interference, or adjusts the resource location of the first terminal to a location of a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the lowest degree of use.
  • the first terminal adjusts the according to the interference level or the degree of use
  • the resource location of the D2D data transmission by the first terminal and/or the power to transmit the D2D data includes:
  • the first terminal adjusts a sending power of the first terminal to send a data packet when there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located;
  • the first terminal detects whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal;
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located;
  • the first terminal When the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, the first terminal sends a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource;
  • the first terminal receives the response information sent by the base station, and the response information carries the resource location information scheduled by the first terminal and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • the resource usage information is sent after the first terminal becomes a detection terminal;
  • the base station re-allocates resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusting transmission power of D2D data to the first terminal or the second terminal that performs data transmission using the resource location according to the interference degree or the degree of use, Or notifying the first terminal or the first The degree of interference or the degree of use of the resources currently used by the terminal.
  • the method before the receiving, by the base station, the resource usage information of the resource location reported by the first terminal, the method further includes:
  • the base station sends configuration information to the first terminal, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, and the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detection terminal, and the resource usage detection parameter And configured to configure a resource usage detection manner of the first terminal.
  • the method before the sending, by the base station, the configuration information, the method, the method further includes:
  • the base station sends broadcast information to the first terminal, where the broadcast information includes a parameter that is a preset condition of the detecting terminal, so that the preset condition of the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is The detecting terminal;
  • the parameter of the preset condition at least includes: a signal power threshold value used by the first terminal to receive the signal of the first base station; a resource frequency of a resource of a neighboring base station is orthogonal to a resource frequency of the first base station a resource list of the relationship, the neighboring base station corresponding to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station; a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is generated by the first terminal One.
  • the receiving, by the base station, the resource usage of the resource location reported by the first terminal Before the information the method further includes:
  • the base station When it is determined that the first terminal is allowed to be a detection terminal, the base station sends an instruction to the first terminal to allow the first terminal to detect the terminal.
  • the instruction for allowing the first terminal to detect a terminal carries a temporary identifier that is allocated by the base station to the first terminal, or the size of the instruction that allows the first terminal to detect a terminal is 1 Bit bit.
  • the method before the sending, by the base station, the configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the base station determines whether the data information of the first terminal includes the temporary identifier of the existing detection terminal;
  • the base station determines that the first terminal is a detection terminal.
  • the base station re-allocates the second terminal that performs data transmission using the resource location according to the interference level or the usage level, and performs D2D
  • the data transmission resource and/or the transmission power of the D2D data is adjusted, or the method further includes: before notifying the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal:
  • the base station determines, according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource location reported by the first terminal, that the second terminal is currently used. The degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location.
  • the base station is used by the first terminal or The second terminal that performs resource transmission for resource location reallocates resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusts transmission power of D2D data, including:
  • the base station After the first terminal or the second terminal responds to the paging signaling, the base station sends a dedicated signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal, where the dedicated signaling carries the first terminal or the first terminal
  • the second terminal redistributes the resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusts the power adjustment value of the transmission power of the D2D data.
  • the base station notifying the second terminal of the currently used resource interference level or the usage level includes:
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resources transmitted by the base station by the broadcast information so that the second terminal determines the adjusted resource location and/or the transmit power of the D2D data packet according to the interference level or the degree of use; or
  • the base station pages the first terminal or the second terminal by using paging signaling, where the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of resources currently used by the second terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a carrying resource usage parameter sequence, where each of the resource usage parameter sequences The parameters are in one-to-one correspondence with one of the resources, the resource usage parameter indicating whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or the resource Whether the parameter corresponding resource is used or the degree of resource usage corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends response information to the second terminal, where the response information carries resource location information rescheduled by the base station for the second terminal and/or transmit power information of the re-transmitted transmission data packet.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner
  • the resource usage detection threshold includes: at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, where the manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting includes a period trigger and an event trigger;
  • the resource usage detection parameter When the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • the first terminal receives broadcast information of other terminals
  • the first terminal parses the received broadcast information, and determines whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information.
  • the first terminal When the broadcast information carries the temporary identifier, the first terminal adds the temporary identifier to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station;
  • the first terminal sends the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, the interference level of the resource location of the first terminal. Or the degree of use, and scheduling the first terminal according to the degree of interference or the degree of use.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal determines whether the number of the temporary identifiers is greater than 1;
  • the first terminal determines to receive the received power of the temporary identifier corresponding data packet
  • the adding, by the first terminal, the temporary identifier to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station includes:
  • the first terminal adds a temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power to the scheduling request signaling or data sent to the base station.
  • the interference degree or the degree of use includes carrying a resource usage parameter sequence, where each resource in the resource usage parameter sequence and one of all resources One-to-one correspondence, the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, Or the degree of resource usage corresponding to the resource usage parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal receives, by the first terminal, an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using the broadcast information; or, the first terminal receives paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries Describe the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resources currently used by the first terminal; or,
  • the first terminal adjusts, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the first terminal to perform terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, and/or adjusts a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the adjusting, by the first terminal, the resource location of the D2D data transmission by the first terminal according to the broadcast information includes:
  • the first terminal adjusts the resource location of the first terminal to the no-interference, or adjusts the resource location of the first terminal to a location of a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the lowest degree of use.
  • the first terminal adjusts the D2D data transmission by using the first terminal according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the location of the resource and / or adjust the power to send D2D data includes:
  • the first terminal adjusts a sending power of the first terminal to send a data packet when there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located;
  • the first terminal detects whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal;
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located;
  • the first terminal When the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, the first terminal sends a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource;
  • the first terminal receives the response information sent by the base station, and the response information carries the resource location information scheduled by the first terminal and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to: when the first terminal becomes a detecting terminal, receive the first base station to send The configuration information, the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level of the detection terminal corresponding terminal to the terminal D2D link, and the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure the a resource usage detection method of a terminal;
  • a detecting unit configured to detect resource usage information of a resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or information of the resource location is configured by the Information carrying;
  • a sending unit configured to report the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station performs D2D data on the first terminal or the second terminal using the resource location according to the resource usage information. Adjustment of the transmission method.
  • the device further includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detecting terminal, where the parameter of the preset condition is sent by the first base station by using broadcast information, or The parameter of the condition is preset for the first terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes determining The first terminal is located at a boundary of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, and the parameter of the first preset condition includes a signal power threshold value of the first terminal receiving the first base station signal.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, according to the signal power threshold, whether the first terminal is located The edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located; and, when the first terminal is located at an edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition
  • the second pre- The condition includes whether the first terminal receives the data packet sent by the resource in the resource list
  • the parameter of the second preset condition includes the resource list being a resource list in which the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, and the second base station and the first The base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell, and the resource list is broadcasted by the first base station;
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: when the first terminal receives the data packet that is sent by using the resource in the resource list, determine that the first terminal is the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, the third pre- The parameter of the condition includes a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is generated by the first terminal; the device further includes:
  • Generating unit configured to generate the random number by using a preset random sequence
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine whether the random number and the preset threshold meet the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold; and, if the random number and the preset threshold meet Determining the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine whether to receive the carrying a temporarily identified broadcast information, the first temporary identifier is determined by the other terminal to be added to the broadcast information sent by the other terminal after the detecting terminal; and, if the first terminal does not receive And the step of performing, by the first terminal, determining, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detection terminal.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the request information to the first base station, In order to request the first base station to allow the first terminal to become the detecting terminal;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an instruction that is sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the device further includes a second temporary identifier configured by the first base station for the first terminal; the device further includes:
  • an adding unit configured to add the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes: the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal, and the second temporary identifier is broadcast Broadcast resource location;
  • the sending unit is further configured to periodically broadcast the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource is used.
  • the detection threshold includes: at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, where the manner in which the resource usage information is reported is triggered by a period trigger and an event trigger;
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the detecting unit when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, the detecting unit is specific And determining, in each of the reporting periods, whether a received power of a data packet that fails to be received is greater than the interference power threshold, or determining, by the first terminal, whether a proportion of data packets that fail to receive is greater than a proportion of the interference data packet Threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the ratio of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and When the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first The terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received
  • the detecting unit when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is an event trigger, the detecting unit Specifically, it is used to determine whether the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or whether the proportion of the data packet that the first terminal determines to receive the failure is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal Determining whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or determining whether the ratio of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and The received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines the received power of the received data packet. Greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of received data packets is greater than the received data. Ratio threshold to determine the presence of interference.
  • the adjusting, by the second resource, the D2D data transmission manner includes re-allocating resources for the second terminal and/or adjusting transmission of D2D data.
  • the power, or the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal is used to indicate that the second terminal adjusts the used transmission resource and/or adjusts the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the second terminal may also be the first terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a resource usage parameter sequence, where the resource usage parameter sequence is Each of the parameters is in one-to-one correspondence with one of the resources, the resource usage parameter indicating whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or The resource usage parameter corresponds to whether the resource is used or the extent to which the resource usage parameter corresponds to the resource usage parameter.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive interference of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using broadcast information. Level or degree of use; or receiving paging signaling sent by the base station, the paging signaling carrying the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receiving dedicated signaling sent by the base station, The dedicated signaling carries a power adjustment value for the first terminal to re-allocate the D2D data transmission and/or the D2D data.
  • the device further includes:
  • an adjusting unit configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the D2D data transmission performed by the first terminal, and/or adjust a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the adjusting unit is specifically configured to determine that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use, or Determining, by the first terminal, a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the degree of use according to the degree of interference or the degree of use; and, for adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the no-interference, or adjusting resources of the first terminal The location to the level of interference or the least used resource.
  • the adjusting unit is configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, the first terminal The current location of the resource is in the presence of interference; and is used to adjust the transmit power of the first terminal to send the data packet when the current terminal location of the first terminal is located; or, when the first terminal is currently located in the resource location
  • the detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal and, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the Or the location of the idle resource; or, when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, sending a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information of the idle resource; and, for receiving the base station Sending response information, the response information carrying the resource location information after the first terminal scheduling and/or sending of the sending data packet Power information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive resource usage information of a resource location reported by the first terminal, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, or information about the resource location is The configuration information is carried, and the resource usage information is sent after the first terminal becomes a detection terminal;
  • a determining unit configured to determine, according to the resource usage information, a degree of interference or a degree of use of the resource location;
  • a processing unit configured to re-allocate resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust transmission of D2D data to the first terminal or the second terminal that performs data transmission by using the resource location according to the interference level or the degree of use The power, or the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal or the second terminal is notified.
  • the device further includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send, to the first terminal, the configuration information, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, where the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detection terminal, where the resource is used.
  • the detection parameter is used to configure the resource usage detection mode of the first terminal.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send broadcast information to the first terminal, where the broadcast information includes The parameter of the preset condition of the terminal is detected, so that the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is the detecting terminal, and the parameter of the preset condition at least includes: Receiving, by the first terminal, a signal power threshold value of the signal of the first base station; a resource list in which a resource frequency of a resource of the neighboring base station is orthogonal to a resource frequency of the first base station, the neighboring base station and the first The neighboring cell corresponding to the cell corresponding to the cell; the preset threshold, and the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is one of the first terminal generation.
  • the sending unit is further configured to receive request information sent by the first terminal, to request the base station to allow the terminal first end to be a detecting terminal;
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine whether the first terminal is allowed to be a detection terminal
  • the sending unit is further configured to, when determining that the first terminal is allowed to be a detecting terminal, send an instruction to the first terminal to allow the first terminal to be a detecting terminal.
  • the first terminal is configured to detect, by the terminal, the base station to be allocated to the first
  • the temporary identifier of the terminal, or the size of the instruction that allows the first terminal to detect the terminal is 1 bit.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine, according to information sent by the first terminal to the base station, whether the terminal is in the base station The edge of the cell; the device further includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine, when the base station is in the edge of the corresponding cell of the base station, whether the data information of the first terminal includes the temporary identifier of the existing detecting terminal;
  • the determining unit is further configured to: when the information sent by the first terminal to the base station does not include the temporary identifier of the existing detection terminal, determine that the first terminal is a detection terminal.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, and If the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, determining, according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource location reported by the first terminal, the current resource location of the second terminal. The degree of interference or the extent of use.
  • the processing unit is configured to send a paging message to the first terminal or the second terminal
  • the paging signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to redistribute resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust power adjustment values of transmit power of D2D data; or to the first terminal or the second terminal Transmitting, by the terminal, paging signaling; and for transmitting at the first terminal Or after the second terminal responds to the paging signaling, sending, to the first terminal or the second terminal, dedicated signaling, where the dedicated signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to redistribute for D2D data transmission. Resource and/or power adjustment values that adjust the transmit power of the D2D data.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to use an interference degree or a usage degree of all resources sent by using the broadcast information, so as to facilitate Determining, by the second terminal, the adjusted resource location and/or transmitting the transmit power of the D2D data packet according to the interference degree or the degree of use; or paging the first terminal or the second terminal by paging signaling,
  • the paging signaling carries the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a resource usage parameter sequence, and each of the resource usage parameter sequences
  • the parameters are in one-to-one correspondence with one of the resources, the resource usage parameter indicating whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or the resource Whether the parameter corresponding resource is used or the degree of resource usage corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive resource request information sent by the first terminal or the second terminal,
  • the resource request information carries information about idle resources in a cell range corresponding to the base station detected by the second terminal;
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the resource location information after the second terminal is scheduled and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the all resources and the information of the idle resource;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send, to the second terminal, response information, where the response information carries resource location information rescheduled by the base station for the second terminal, and/or retransmitted transmit power information of the sent data packet. .
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a method for triggering reporting of the resource usage information, and a resource usage detection gate.
  • the resource usage detection threshold where the resource usage detection threshold includes: at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, where the triggering of the resource usage information is reported.
  • the method includes a period triggering and an event triggering.
  • the resource usage detecting parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive broadcast information of other terminals
  • a determining unit configured to: when the first terminal determines that the edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, parse the received broadcast information, and determine whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information;
  • an adding unit configured to add the temporary identifier to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station when the temporary identifier is carried in the broadcast information
  • a sending unit configured to send the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, a degree of interference of a resource location of the first terminal Or the degree of use, and scheduling the first terminal according to the degree of interference or the degree of use.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine whether the quantity of the temporary identifier is greater than 1
  • a determining unit configured to: when the number of the temporary identifiers is greater than 1, determine to receive the received power of the temporary identifier corresponding data packet;
  • the adding unit is specifically configured to add a temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power to the scheduling request signaling or data sent to the base station.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes carrying a resource usage parameter sequence, where each parameter in the resource usage parameter sequence and one of all resources
  • the resource usage parameter corresponds to whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference or corresponds to the resource usage parameter.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive interference level of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using broadcast information, or a degree of use; or receiving paging signaling sent by the base station, the paging signaling carrying an interference degree or a degree of use of a resource currently used by the first terminal; or receiving dedicated signaling sent by the base station,
  • the dedicated signaling carries a transmission resource and/or a transmitted power adjustment value that is re-allocated for the first terminal; the device further includes:
  • an adjusting unit configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the first terminal to perform terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, and/or adjust power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the adjusting unit is specifically used by the first terminal to determine that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use. Or determining, by the first terminal, a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the least used according to the degree of interference or the degree of use; and, for adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the interference, or adjusting the first The resource location of the terminal to the location of the level of interference or the least used resource.
  • the adjusting unit is configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that the first terminal is currently located The resource location has interference; and is configured to adjust, when the first terminal is in the current resource location, the transmission power of the data packet sent by the first terminal; or, when the current terminal of the first terminal has interference Detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal; and, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the idle resource a location; or, when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, sending a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource; and, for receiving, sent by the base station Response information, the response information carrying the resource bits after scheduling by the first terminal Set information and/or transmit power information of the transmitted data packet.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a coordination terminal for cell interference between a device and a device, where the terminal includes at least: a communication unit and a processing unit;
  • the communication unit is configured to: when the first terminal is a detection terminal, receive configuration information sent by the first base station, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, where the detection terminal is configured to measure the detection terminal corresponding terminal a resource usage detection level on the terminal D2D link, where the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure a resource usage detection mode of the first terminal;
  • the processing unit is configured to detect resource usage information of a resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or information of the resource location is Carrying configuration information;
  • the communication unit is further configured to report the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station performs, according to the resource usage information, the first terminal or a second terminal that uses the resource location. Adjustment of D2D data transmission mode.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal is capable of being the detecting terminal,
  • the parameter of the preset condition is that the first base station sends the information by using the broadcast information, or the parameter of the preset condition is preset by the first terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes determining the The first terminal is located at a boundary of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, and the parameter of the first preset condition includes a signal power threshold value of the first terminal receiving the first base station signal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the signal power threshold, whether the first terminal is located The edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located; and, when the first terminal is located at an edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition
  • the second pre- The condition includes whether the first terminal receives the data packet sent by the resource in the resource list, where the parameter of the second preset condition includes the resource list being the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station and the first base station
  • the resource frequency is in the resource list of the orthogonal relationship, the second base station is corresponding to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station, and the resource list is broadcasted by the first base station;
  • the processing unit is further configured to: when the first terminal receives the data packet that is sent by using the resource in the resource list, determine that the first terminal is the detection terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, the third pre- The parameter of the condition includes a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is generated by the first terminal;
  • the processing unit is further configured to: generate, by the first terminal, the random number by using a preset random sequence; and, configured to determine whether the random number and the preset threshold meet the random number and the preset threshold And determining, if the random number and the preset threshold satisfy the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine whether to receive the carrying a temporarily identified broadcast information, the first temporary identifier is determined by the other terminal to be added to the broadcast information sent by the other terminal after the detecting terminal; and, if the first terminal does not receive And the step of performing, by the first terminal, determining, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detection terminal.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send the request information to the first base station, In order to request the first base station to allow the first terminal to become the detection terminal; And for receiving an instruction sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes a second temporary identifier that is configured by the first base station for the first terminal;
  • the processing unit is further configured to add the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes: the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal, and the second temporary identifier is broadcast Broadcast resource location;
  • the communication unit is further configured to periodically broadcast the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource is used.
  • the detection threshold includes: at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, where the manner in which the resource usage information is reported is triggered by a period trigger and an event trigger;
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the processing unit when the manner of triggering reporting the resource usage information is periodic triggering, the processing unit further And determining, in each of the reporting periods, whether a received power of a data packet that fails to be received is greater than the interference power threshold, or determining, by the first terminal, whether a proportion of data packets that fail to receive is greater than a proportion of the interference data packet Threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the ratio of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and When the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or The first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received data packet is greater than the received data
  • the processing unit when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is an event trigger, the processing unit And determining whether the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal Determining whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or determining whether the ratio of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and The received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines the received power of the received data packet. Greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of received data packets is greater than the received data packet.
  • Example threshold determining the presence of interference.
  • the adjusting, by the second resource, the D2D data transmission mode includes re-allocating resources for the second terminal and/or adjusting transmission of D2D data.
  • the power, or the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal is used to indicate that the second terminal adjusts the used transmission resource and/or adjusts the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the second terminal may also be the first terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a resource usage parameter sequence, where the resource usage parameter sequence is Each parameter of the resource corresponds to one resource of all the resources, and the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, Or the extent to which the resource corresponds to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponds to the resource usage parameter, or the resource usage parameter corresponds to the resource usage level.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive interference of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using broadcast information.
  • Level or degree of use or receiving paging signaling sent by the base station, the paging signaling carrying the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receiving dedicated signaling sent by the base station,
  • the dedicated signaling carries a resource adjustment value for reallocating D2D data transmission and/or transmitting D2D data for the first terminal; and, for, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the The dedicated signaling adjusts the resource location of the D2D data transmission by the first terminal and/or adjusts the power of transmitting the D2D data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, by the first terminal, the interference level or the usage level No interference, or the first terminal determines a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the lowest degree of use according to the degree of interference or the degree of use; and, for adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the no interference, or adjusting the The resource location of the first terminal to the location of the resource with the least degree of interference or the least used.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, the first terminal The current location of the resource is in the presence of interference; and is used to adjust the transmit power of the first terminal to send the data packet when the current terminal location of the first terminal is located; or, when the first terminal is currently located in the resource location
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, the first terminal The current location of the resource is in the presence of interference; and is used to adjust the transmit power of the first terminal to send the data packet when the current terminal location of the first terminal is located; or, when the first terminal is currently located in the resource location
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, the first terminal The current location of the resource is in the presence of interference; and is used to adjust the transmit power of the first terminal to send the data packet when the current terminal location of the first terminal is located; or, when the first terminal is currently located in the resource location
  • there is interference detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage
  • the communication unit is further configured to send a scheduling request to the base station when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource; And configured to receive the response information sent by the base station, where the response information carries the resource location information scheduled by the first terminal and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a coordinated base station for cell interference between a device and a device, where the base station includes at least: a processing unit and an interface circuit;
  • the processing unit is configured to receive, by using the interface circuit, resource usage information of a resource location reported by the first terminal, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, or the resource
  • the information of the location is carried by the configuration information, where the resource usage information is sent after the first terminal becomes the detection terminal, and is used to determine the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource location according to the resource usage information; And for re-allocating resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusting transmit power of D2D data to the first terminal or the second terminal performing data transmission using the resource location according to the interference level or the degree of use. Or, notifying the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send configuration information to the first terminal by using the interface circuit, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter.
  • the detecting terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detecting terminal, where the resource usage detecting parameter is used to configure a resource usage detecting mode of the first terminal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send broadcast information to the first terminal by using the interface circuit, where
  • the broadcast information includes a parameter that is a preset condition of the detecting terminal, so that the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is the detecting terminal, and the parameter of the preset condition includes at least a resource list for receiving, by the first terminal, a signal power threshold of the first base station signal; a resource list of a resource frequency of a neighboring base station and a resource frequency of the first base station, the neighboring base station Corresponding to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station; a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is one of the first terminal generation.
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive, by using the interface circuit, the first terminal to send Request information for requesting the base station to allow the terminal first end to be a detection terminal; and, for determining whether the first terminal is allowed to be a detection terminal; and for determining that the first terminal is allowed to be When detecting the terminal, the first terminal is sent an instruction to the first terminal to allow the first terminal to detect the terminal.
  • the command that allows the first terminal to detect a terminal carries the base station to the first
  • the temporary identifier of the terminal, or the size of the instruction that allows the first terminal to detect the terminal is 1 bit.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to information sent by the first terminal to the base station, whether the terminal is in the base station An edge of the cell; and, when the base station determines that the first terminal is in an edge of the cell corresponding to the base station, determining whether the data information of the first terminal includes a temporary identifier of the existing detecting terminal; And determining, when the information sent by the first terminal to the base station does not include the temporary identifier of the existing detection terminal, determining that the first terminal is a detection terminal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine whether the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, and If the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, determining, according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource location reported by the first terminal, the current resource location of the second terminal. The degree of interference or the extent of use.
  • the processing unit is further configured to use the interface circuit to the first terminal or the second The terminal sends a paging signaling, where the paging signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to re-allocate resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust a power adjustment value of the transmit power of the D2D data; or Transmitting paging signaling by the first terminal or the second terminal; and After the first terminal or the second terminal responds to the paging signaling, sending, by using the interface circuit, dedicated signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal, where the dedicated signaling carries the first The terminal or the second terminal re-allocates resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusts power adjustment values of transmission power of the D2D data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to use, by using the interface circuit, the interference level of all resources sent by the broadcast information or a degree of use, so that the second terminal determines the adjusted resource location and/or the transmit power of the D2D data packet according to the interference level or the degree of use; or pages the first terminal or the first by paging signaling
  • the paging signaling carries the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the second terminal.
  • the interference level or the usage level includes a resource usage parameter sequence, where each of the resource usage parameter sequences The parameters are in one-to-one correspondence with one of the resources, the resource usage parameter indicating whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or the resource Whether the parameter corresponding resource is used or the degree of resource usage corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used.
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive, by using the interface circuit, the first terminal or the second terminal to send The resource request information, where the resource request information carries information about the idle resources in the cell range corresponding to the base station detected by the second terminal; and the interference level or the usage level and the idle resource according to the all resources. Determining the resource location information of the second terminal after scheduling and/or the transmission power information of the transmission data packet; and, for transmitting, by the interface circuit, response information to the second terminal, where the response information carries the base station Resource location information rescheduled for the second terminal and/or transmit power information of the retransmitted transmit data packet.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a method for triggering reporting of the resource usage information, and a resource usage detection gate.
  • the resource usage detection threshold where the resource usage detection threshold includes: at least one of an interference power threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, where the triggering of the resource usage information is reported.
  • the method includes a period triggering and an event triggering.
  • the resource usage detecting parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a coordination terminal for cell interference between a device and a device, where the terminal includes at least: a communication unit and a processing unit;
  • the communication unit is configured to receive broadcast information of other terminals
  • the processing unit is configured to: when the first terminal determines that the edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, parse the received broadcast information, and determine whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information; and When the temporary information is carried in the broadcast information, the temporary identifier is added to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station;
  • the communication unit is further configured to send the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, a resource location of the first terminal.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine whether the quantity of the temporary identifier is greater than 1; and, when the quantity of the temporary identifier is greater than 1 And determining, by the receiving, the received power of the temporary identifier corresponding data packet; and adding, by the temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power, to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station.
  • the interference degree or the degree of use includes carrying a resource usage parameter sequence, where each resource in the resource usage parameter sequence and one of all resources One-to-one correspondence, the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, Or the degree of resource usage corresponding to the resource usage parameter.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive an interference level of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using broadcast information, or a degree of use; or the first terminal receives the paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receives the dedicated transmission by the base station Signaling, the dedicated signaling carries a transmission resource and/or a transmitted power adjustment value re-allocated for the first terminal;
  • the processing unit is further configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the first terminal to perform terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, and/or adjust to transmit D2D data. power.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, by the first terminal, that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use. Or determining, by the first terminal, a resource with the lowest degree of interference or the least used according to the degree of interference or the degree of use; and, for adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the interference, or adjusting the first The resource location of the terminal to the location of the level of interference or the least used resource.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that the first terminal is currently located The resource location has interference; and is configured to adjust, when the first terminal is in the current resource location, the transmission power of the data packet sent by the first terminal; or, when the current terminal of the first terminal has interference Detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal; and, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to the idle resource location;
  • the communication unit is further configured to: when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, send a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource; and, for receiving the base station
  • the response information sent the response information carries resource position information scheduled by the first terminal and/or transmission power information of the transmitted data packet.
  • the terminal is used as a detection terminal, and the detection terminal detects a resource configured by the base station or a resource for performing D2D data transmission.
  • the resource usage information is obtained and reported to the base station, and the base station can accurately notify the use of the resource according to the resource usage information reported by the detection terminal, and then timely adjust the D2D data transmission mode of the second terminal using the resource location to reduce the present
  • the interference on the D2D link of the cell terminal effectively improves the suppression level of inter-cell interference to the D2D link.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention. Method flow chart
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 15 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 16 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 17 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 24 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 25 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 26 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 29 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart of still another method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is still another apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention. Schematic;
  • 36 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • 39 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a coordination terminal of another cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a coordinated base station for cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of another coordination terminal for cell interference between a device and a device according to the present invention.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes:
  • the first terminal When the first terminal becomes a detection terminal, the first terminal receives configuration information sent by the first base station.
  • the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detection terminal, and the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure resource usage of the first terminal. Detection method.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource usage detection threshold includes: an interference power threshold, and an interference packet proportional threshold. At least one of a received power threshold and a received packet proportional threshold, where the manner in which the resource usage information is reported is triggered by a periodic trigger and an event trigger; when the manner in which the resource usage information is triggered is triggered by a period
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the trigger mode is event triggering
  • the statistics are reported after the statistics exceed the resource usage detection threshold.
  • the triggering mode is triggered by a period
  • the statistics are reported after the statistics usage threshold is exceeded in each statistical period.
  • the resource usage statistics mode may be the interference power in the specified reporting period, the frequency of the interference occurrence, the number of times the interference occurs, the length of the interference, the received data power, and the receiving.
  • the frequency of the packet the number of times the packet was received, the ratio of the received packet to all resources, and so on.
  • the resource usage statistics mode should be an event that uses only the data packet as the statistical granularity to complete the statistics, including but not limited to: the received power of a failed packet exceeds the resource usage detection.
  • the power threshold, or the number of data packets that fail to receive in the data packets on the D2D links that are continuously received is greater than the interference packet threshold;
  • the resource usage detection resource usage detection threshold is a single data packet, or several consecutive data packets are Detection thresholds that can be independently completed, such as the interference power threshold of a single data packet, the interference threshold, the number of consecutive interference lost packet thresholds, the received data power, the frequency of receiving data packets, the number of received data packets, and the received data packets occupy all resources. The ratio, etc., are not listed here.
  • the first terminal detects a resource location resource according to the resource usage detection parameter. Use information.
  • the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or the information of the resource location is carried by the configuration information.
  • the first terminal reports the resource usage information to the first base station.
  • the first terminal reports the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station performs the D2D data transmission mode adjustment on the second terminal according to the resource usage information.
  • the adjustment of the D2D data transmission manner by the second resource includes reallocating resources for the second terminal and/or adjusting the transmission power of the D2D data, or notifying the second terminal to use the resource. Or the degree of use, indicating that the second terminal adjusts the used transmission resource and/or adjusts the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the second terminal may also be the first terminal if the resource location of the resource usage information is the location of the transmission D2D data resource used by the first terminal.
  • the reported resource usage information may be a value of 1-4 bits indicating the overall resource usage level of the measured resource.
  • the first terminal may use the reported resource usage information. Carrying the measured interfering cell identity (Identity, ID) or the Land Mobile Mobile Network Identity (PLMN ID).
  • the manner in which the resource usage information is reported may be a dedicated uplink signaling, for example, RRC signaling of an LTE network, or may be a dedicated data packet, such as Media Access Control (MAC) communication in an LTE network.
  • the terminal (Communication Edge (CE)) can also be carried in other signaling, for example, it is carried in a Buffer Status Report (BSR), which is not limited herein.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying resource usage parameters, each parameter of the resource usage parameter sequence is in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, and the resource usage parameter representation and the Whether the resource usage parameter corresponds to whether the resource has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used. degree.
  • the first terminal determines that it is no longer necessary to be the detecting terminal, it stops broadcasting the temporary identifier as the detecting terminal at the allocated resource location, and does not perform resource usage detection and reporting of resource usage information.
  • the method for determining that the detection terminal is no longer needed is: measuring that the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) is higher than the preset threshold, measuring that the resource is not in the position of the resource that needs to detect the interference, and the time for switching to the neighboring cell is greater than The preset threshold, the data packet of the neighboring cell is not received after a certain period of time, or the information of the other detecting terminal is detected, and is not limited herein.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • the terminal is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource for performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the resource usage information to the base station, and the base station can accurately use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • the use of the notification resource, and then the D2D data transmission mode adjustment of the detection terminal or the second terminal using the resource location is timely, the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell is reduced, and the inter-cell between the D2D link is effectively improved.
  • the level of inhibition of interference is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource for performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the resource usage information to the base station, and the base station can accurately use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • An embodiment of the present invention may be based on the method shown in FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 2, before step 101, step 104 is performed.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detection terminal.
  • the parameter of the preset condition is that the first base station sends the information by using the broadcast information, or the parameter of the preset condition is preset by the first terminal.
  • the broadcast information includes a first preset condition that becomes a detection terminal.
  • the preset condition may be: the first terminal measures the RSRP value of the cell in which the cell is located or the reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) value is lower than the preset lower limit; the first terminal measures the RSRP value of a neighboring cell or The RSRQ value is higher than the preset upper limit; in the same resource pool as the neighboring cell, the first terminal receives the data packet of the neighboring cell; does not receive the information of other detecting terminals, and the like.
  • RSSQ reference signal receiving quality
  • the base station broadcasts or the first terminal is preset to be a preset condition of the detection terminal, and the first terminal can determine whether it can become the detection terminal according to the information measured by itself.
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes a condition for determining that the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located.
  • the parameter of the first preset condition includes a signal power threshold value of the first terminal receiving the first base station signal.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the signal power threshold, whether the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located.
  • the first terminal determines that the first terminal is the detection terminal.
  • the first terminal may further determine whether the RSRP, the RSRQ, and the like reach the preset threshold to determine whether the first terminal is located at an edge of the current cell; or the first terminal according to the cell ID list of the neighboring cell, and each Whether the RSRP or the RSRQ value of the neighboring cell reaches the second preset upper limit to determine whether the first terminal is located at the edge of the current cell, which is not limited herein.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is located at the edge of the cell, it is determined whether it can become a detecting terminal, and the processing process of the terminal data is reduced.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition, where the second preset condition includes whether the first terminal receives a data packet sent by a resource in a resource list,
  • the parameter of the second preset condition includes the resource list being a resource list in which the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, and the second base station and the first The base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell, and the resource list is broadcasted by the first base station.
  • step 104 may be specifically 1043.
  • the first terminal determines that the first terminal is the detection terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, where the parameter of the third preset condition includes a preset threshold, and a random number and the preset threshold The relationship is generated by the first terminal. Then, based on the method shown in FIG. 2, as shown in FIG. 5, step 106 is performed before step 104, and step 104 may be specifically 1044 and 1045.
  • the first terminal generates the random number by using a preset random sequence.
  • the first terminal determines whether the random number and the preset threshold satisfy a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold.
  • the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold may be that the random number is greater than the preset threshold, or the random number is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the first terminal determines that the first terminal is the detection terminal.
  • the number of detection terminals can be further reduced, and the processing procedure of reducing the number of detection terminals to reduce data can be reduced.
  • the first terminal may determine, according to a preset condition, whether it can become a detection terminal, that is, the configuration of the first terminal according to the broadcast of the base station.
  • the information and the preset condition of the detecting terminal determine whether to become the detecting terminal.
  • the configuration information in step 101 can be sent to the first terminal by means of broadcast.
  • it can become a detection terminal without notifying the base station to allow, and the signaling overhead of the base station configuration detection terminal is significantly reduced.
  • each detecting terminal only detects the usage of its own transmission resources, and each terminal does not need to inform other terminals of its detection capability, which simplifies the overhead of resource usage detection.
  • the first terminal only detects the resource location of the current D2D data transmission, and the subsequent reporting is also the resource usage information of the resource location for detecting the current D2D data transmission, and the base station can perform D2D on the first terminal according to the information reported by the base station.
  • the adjustment of the data transmission mode, the specific adjustment process is the same as the data processing flow shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 26 in the following embodiment.
  • step 107 and step 108 are performed before step 104.
  • the first terminal determines whether the broadcast information carrying the first temporary identifier sent by another terminal is received.
  • the first temporary identifier is determined by the other terminal to be added to the broadcast information sent by the other terminal after the detecting terminal.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the parameter of the preset condition, Whether the first terminal can become the detection terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the temporary identifier carried in the broadcast message sent by the other detecting terminal, the first terminal is in the range detected by the other detecting terminal, and the first terminal does not need to be the detecting terminal because the first terminal A detection terminal exists in the range in which the terminal is located, and the surrounding user can rely on the resource usage detection of the detection terminal to perform interference avoidance; if the first terminal does not receive the temporary identifier carried in the broadcast message sent by the other detection terminal, It indicates that the range in which the first terminal is located has no other detecting terminal, and the first terminal can become a detecting terminal.
  • the first terminal may determine whether the detection terminal exists in the area where the temporary location is received, and if the detection terminal already exists, it is not necessary to detect the interference as the detection terminal, thereby reducing data. Processing.
  • step 109 and step 110 are performed.
  • the first terminal sends request information to the first base station, so as to request the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the request information may carry: the measured cell RSRP value; the measured RSRP value is higher than the preset neighboring cell ID or PLMN ID, and the measured RSRP value; and the neighbor cell ID or PLMN ID of the neighbor cell data packet is received. .
  • the first terminal receives an instruction that is sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the request information is sent to the base station, and after the base station confirms, it can become the detecting terminal.
  • the base station controls the number and distribution of the detecting terminal to avoid detection. If the number of terminals is too large and the number of detected terminals is unevenly distributed, the accuracy of resource usage detection is ensured, and the number of detection terminals is reduced. According to the processing.
  • the configuration information further includes a second temporary identifier that is configured by the first base station for the first terminal.
  • step 111 is performed.
  • the first terminal adds the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal adds the second temporary identifier to the data packet sent by the first terminal, so that the second terminal can detect the temporary identifier.
  • the configuration information further includes: the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal, and a broadcast resource location that broadcasts the second temporary identifier, where Based on the method shown in FIG. 1, the method embodiment of the embodiment of the present invention may further perform the following steps.
  • the first terminal periodically broadcasts the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the information about the location of the broadcast resource may be a resource location of the D2D transmission, including but not limited to the following information: a frequency domain location, a time domain location, a used frequency hopping mode, a transmission ID period, and the like.
  • step 111 and step 112 can enable the second terminal in the detection range of the detection terminal to obtain its temporary identifier and report it to the base station, so that the base station can accurately determine the interference degree or the degree of use of the location of the second terminal, and according to the interference.
  • the degree or degree of use is scheduled for the second terminal at the resource location.
  • step 102 when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, as shown in FIG. 1 , as shown in FIG. 8 , step 102 is specifically performed. The following steps.
  • the first terminal determines whether the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than Intersect the packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines Whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold.
  • the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or When the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the used data packet proportional threshold resource usage level, determining that there is interference.
  • step 102 when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, as shown in FIG. 1 , as shown in FIG. 9 , step 102 is specifically performed. The following steps.
  • the first terminal determines whether the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than The interference packet proportional threshold is used, or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold .
  • the first terminal determines that the received power of the failed data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference data packet proportional threshold, or When the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the used data packet proportional threshold resource usage level, determining that there is interference.
  • the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, based on the method shown in FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 10, After step 103, the following steps can also be performed.
  • the first terminal receives an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations sent by the base station by using broadcast information, or the first terminal receives paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries The degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or the first terminal receives the dedicated signaling sent by the base station, where the dedicated signaling is carried as
  • the first terminal reassigns resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or power adjustment values for transmitting D2D data.
  • the first terminal adjusts, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location where the first terminal performs D2D data transmission, and/or adjusts a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • step 114 is specifically the following steps.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the interference level or the degree of use, a resource that has no interference or the least degree of interference/usage.
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a location of the resource that has no interference or interference level or the lowest degree of use.
  • step 114 In still another embodiment of the present invention, based on the method shown in FIG. 10, as shown in FIGS. 12, 13, and 14, the following steps are specifically performed in step 114.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located.
  • step 1143 step 1144 or 1145 is performed.
  • the first terminal adjusts a sending power of the data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal detects whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal.
  • step 1145 step 1146 or 1147 is performed.
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located.
  • the first terminal When there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, the first terminal sends a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource.
  • the first terminal receives response information sent by the base station, where the response information carries resource location information re-allocated by the first terminal and/or a sending power message of the sent data packet. interest.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes:
  • the base station receives resource usage information of a resource location reported by the first terminal.
  • the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or the information of the resource location is carried by the configuration information, where the resource usage information is that the first terminal becomes a detection terminal. Sent.
  • the base station determines, according to the resource usage information, a degree of interference or a degree of use of the resource location.
  • the base station re-allocates resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusts transmission of D2D data to the first terminal or the second terminal that performs data transmission by using the resource location according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the power, or the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal or the second terminal is notified.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting, a resource usage detection resource usage detection threshold, and an interference statistics manner, where the resource usage detection resource usage detection threshold includes: an interference power threshold, At least one of the interference packet proportional threshold, the received power threshold, and the received packet proportional threshold, the manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting includes a periodic trigger and an event trigger; when the triggering the resource usage information is reported When the mode is triggered by a period, the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the terminal is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource for performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the resource usage information to the base station, and the base station can accurately use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • the use of the notification resource, and then the D2D data transmission mode adjustment of the detection terminal or the second terminal using the resource location is timely, the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell is reduced, and the inter-cell between the D2D link is effectively improved.
  • the level of inhibition of interference is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource for performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the resource usage information to the base station, and the base station can accurately use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • steps may also be performed.
  • the base station sends configuration information to the first terminal.
  • the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detection terminal, and the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure resource usage of the first terminal. Detection method.
  • steps may also be performed.
  • the base station sends broadcast information to the first terminal.
  • the broadcast information includes a parameter that is a preset condition of the detecting terminal, so that the preset condition of the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is the detecting terminal;
  • the parameter includes at least: a signal power threshold value used by the first terminal to receive the signal of the first base station; a resource list in which a resource frequency of a resource of the neighboring base station is orthogonal to a resource frequency of the first base station, where The neighboring base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station; the preset threshold is used by the first terminal to determine the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, and determine whether to become the detecting terminal.
  • the base station broadcasts a parameter that is a preset condition for detecting the terminal, and the first terminal can determine whether it can become a detection terminal according to the information measured by itself, and when the first terminal determines that it can become the detection terminal, it may not need to perform with the base station. The interaction becomes the detection terminal.
  • steps may also be performed.
  • the base station receives request information sent by the first terminal.
  • the request information is used to request the base station to allow the terminal first end to be a detection terminal.
  • the base station determines whether the first terminal is allowed to be a detection terminal.
  • the channel quality index (CQI), the reference signal quality (RSRP), the timing advance (TA), the pre-switched serving cell or the location information reported by the UE may be reported by the base station. Etc., determine whether the terminal is at the edge of the cell. When the terminal is at the edge of the cell, determine the data sent by the terminal, for example, scheduling Whether the Scheduling Request (SR) information, the Buffer Status Report (BSR), and the MAC data carry the temporary identifiers of other detecting terminals.
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • MAC data carry the temporary identifiers of other detecting terminals.
  • the terminal When the data sent by the terminal does not carry the temporary identifier of the other detecting terminal, it is determined that the terminal is not in the coverage of the other detecting terminal, and the terminal can be determined as the detecting terminal, and the D2D link resource usage information is performed by the neighboring cell edge UE. Then, the terminal is sent an instruction that the first terminal is a detection terminal.
  • the base station sends an instruction to the first terminal to allow the first terminal to be a detection terminal.
  • the first terminal is allowed to carry the temporary identifier assigned by the base station to the first terminal, or the size of the instruction for allowing the first terminal to detect the terminal is 1 bit. Bit.
  • the base station when the first terminal determines that the first terminal can be the detection terminal, the base station receives the request information sent by the first terminal, and then the base station determines whether to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal according to the number and distribution of the detection terminals in the cell, so that Avoid repeated detection of excessive number of terminals or uneven distribution.
  • steps may also be performed.
  • the base station determines, according to information sent by the first terminal to the base station, whether the terminal is at an edge of a cell corresponding to the base station.
  • the base station determines whether the data information of the first terminal includes a temporary identifier of the existing detection terminal.
  • the base station determines that the first terminal is a detection terminal.
  • the base station when the first terminal is located at the edge of the cell, the base station considers it as the detecting terminal, and whether the data information of the first terminal includes the temporary of the existing detecting terminal.
  • the identifier indicates that the first terminal is in the detection range of the other detection terminal, that is, the other terminal of the resource location where the first terminal is located does not need to be
  • the first terminal performs the resource usage detection.
  • the base station performs the step of transmitting the configuration information to the first terminal determined to be the detection terminal, thereby avoiding detecting the terminal. Repeat resource usage detection to reduce data processing.
  • steps may also be performed.
  • the base station determines whether the temporary identifier of the first terminal is carried in the data sent by the second terminal.
  • the base station determines the second terminal according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource location reported by the first terminal. The degree of interference or degree of use of the current resource location.
  • the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, and the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, that the second terminal is in the detection range of the first terminal, and further determines the resource usage information reported by the first terminal.
  • the base station can schedule the second terminal more accurately.
  • step 203 may be specifically performed as steps.
  • the base station sends paging signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the paging signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to redistribute resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust power adjustment values of transmit power of D2D data.
  • step 203 may be specifically performed as steps.
  • the base station sends paging signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the base station sends the dedicated signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal after the first terminal or the second terminal responds to the paging signaling.
  • the dedicated signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to redistribute resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust power adjustment values of transmit power of D2D data.
  • step 203 can be specifically performed in step 2034.
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use of all resources sent by the base station by using the broadcast information so that the second terminal determines the adjusted resource location and/or the transmit power of the D2D data packet according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • step 203 may be specifically performed in step 2035.
  • the base station advertises the first terminal or the second terminal by using paging signaling, where the paging signaling carries an interference degree or a degree of use of resources currently used by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the interference level or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying interference parameters, each of the interference parameter sequences is in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, and the interference parameter indicates whether a resource corresponding to the interference parameter exists.
  • the base station sends the paging signaling and the dedicated signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal by means of broadcast or paging, and the base station is not required to establish a connection with the first terminal or the second terminal. In this way, even if the first terminal or the second terminal is in an idle state, the base station can enable the terminal in the idle state to implement interference coordination, and expand the usage scenario of the interference coordination mechanism.
  • step 2034 or step 2035 the following steps may also be performed.
  • the base station receives resource request information sent by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the resource request information carries information about idle resources in a cell range corresponding to the base station detected by the second terminal.
  • the base station determines resource position information after scheduling by the second terminal and/or sending power information of the sent data packet according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the all resources and the information of the idle resource.
  • the response information carries resource location information rescheduled by the base station for the second terminal and/or transmission power information of the re-transmitted transmission data packet.
  • the second terminal receives the scheduling request of the detected idle resource information, and the base station according to the scheduling request and detects the resource usage information reported by the terminal.
  • the resource that is re-allocated for the second terminal is determined.
  • the base station considers the resource information of the surrounding environment measured by the second terminal, and can more accurately schedule the second terminal, so as to accurately avoid interference.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention provides a method for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device. As shown in FIG. 27, the method includes:
  • the first terminal receives broadcast information of other terminals.
  • the first terminal parses the received broadcast information, and determines whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information.
  • the first terminal adds the temporary identifier to the resource request signaling or the data sent to the base station.
  • the resource request may be carried in the scheduling request information, the buffer report information, the MAC data, or the Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first terminal sends the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station.
  • the first terminal sends the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, where the first terminal sends the scheduling request signaling or the sending to the base station
  • the data of the base station so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location where the first terminal is located, and schedules the first terminal according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying resource usage parameters, each parameter of the resource usage parameter sequence is in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, and the resource usage parameter representation and the The resource usage parameter corresponds to whether the resource has interference, Or the extent to which the resource corresponds to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponds to the resource usage parameter, or the resource usage parameter corresponds to the resource usage level.
  • the first terminal adds the temporary identifier to the resource request signaling or the data sent to the base station, and the base station determines the corresponding detecting terminal according to the temporary identifier, and further, according to the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • the base station can schedule the first terminal more accurately by determining the interference situation of the resource location where the first terminal is located.
  • step 303 on the basis of the method shown in FIG. 27, as shown in FIG. 28, before step 303, the following steps may also be performed.
  • the first terminal determines whether the number of parsed temporary identifiers is greater than 1.
  • the first terminal determines to receive the received power of the broadcast information corresponding to the temporary identifier.
  • Step 303 can be specifically performed as a step.
  • the first terminal adds the temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power to the data request signaling or the data packet.
  • the temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power may be determined, and added to the data request signaling or the MAC data, so as to be reported to the base station.
  • the greater the received power of the data packet the closer the distance between the two is. Therefore, the temporary identification carried by the data packet with the highest receiving power of the base station determines that the interference situation is closest to the interference situation of the resource location of the first terminal, and the base station can more accurately The first terminal performs scheduling.
  • the first terminal receives an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using the broadcast information; or the first terminal receives the paging signaling sent by the base station; or the first terminal receives Dedicated signaling sent by the base station.
  • the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal, and the dedicated signaling carries the D2D data transmission for the first terminal to be reassigned. Resources and/or power adjustment values for sending D2D data.
  • the first terminal adjusts, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the D2D data transmission performed by the first terminal, and/or adjusts a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the base station may notify the resource usage information or the scheduling information without establishing a connection with the first terminal, so that the terminal in the idle state can also implement interference coordination and expand the interference.
  • the use scenario of the coordination mechanism when the first terminal is in an idle state, the base station may notify the resource usage information or the scheduling information without establishing a connection with the first terminal, so that the terminal in the idle state can also implement interference coordination and expand the interference.
  • step 308 may be specifically performed in the following steps.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the interference level or the degree of use, a resource that has no interference or the least degree of interference/usage.
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to the location where the first terminal does not interfere or the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a resource with the lowest level of interference or usage.
  • the first terminal may determine, according to the interference parameter, the resource with no interference or the lowest degree of interference, and then adjust to the resources with no interference or interference degree or the lowest degree of use, thereby avoiding the influence of the neighbor cell interference on the D2D link.
  • step 308 when the scheduling information is the resource usage information of all the resource locations, based on the method shown in FIG. 29, as shown in FIG. 31, 32, and 33, step 308 may also be specifically The following steps are performed.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located.
  • step 3083 After step 3083, step 3084 or step 3085 is performed.
  • the first terminal adjusts a sending power of the data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal detects whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal.
  • step 3086 or step 3087 is performed.
  • the first terminal adjusts a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located.
  • the first terminal When there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, the first terminal sends a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource.
  • the first terminal receives response information sent by the base station.
  • the response information carries the resource location information scheduled by the first terminal and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet.
  • the first terminal may reduce the influence of the interference by adjusting the sending power, and may also detect and detect the surrounding resources.
  • the adjusted resource position is negotiated with the base station, or directly adjusted to the measured idle resource. Therefore, when the resource usage information or the scheduling information provided by the base station is not suitable for the first base station to perform scheduling, the first base station may The detected information is resource-scheduled to avoid the influence of neighbor cell interference on the D2D link.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention provides a device for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device.
  • the device 40 includes:
  • the receiving unit 41 is configured to: when the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal, receive the configuration information sent by the first base station, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, where the detection terminal is configured to measure the corresponding terminal of the detection terminal to a resource usage detection level on the terminal D2D link, where the resource usage detection parameter is used to configure a resource usage detection mode of the first terminal;
  • the detecting unit 42 is configured to detect resource usage information of the resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or information of the resource location is Carrying configuration information;
  • the sending unit 43 is configured to report the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station performs D2D on the first terminal or the second terminal using the resource location according to the resource usage information. Adjustment of data transmission mode.
  • the device 40 may further include:
  • the determining unit 44 is configured to determine, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detecting terminal, where the parameter of the preset condition is sent by the first base station by using broadcast information, or The parameter of the preset condition is preset by the first terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes a condition for determining that the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located, and a parameter of the first preset condition
  • the signal strength threshold value of the first base station signal is received by the first terminal.
  • the determining unit 44 is specifically configured to determine, according to the signal power threshold, whether the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located, and for determining whether the first terminal is located When the edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, the first terminal is determined to be the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition, where the second preset condition includes whether the first terminal receives a data packet that is sent by using a resource in a resource list, where the parameters of the second preset condition include:
  • the resource list is a resource list in which the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, and the second base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station,
  • the resource list is broadcasted for the first base station.
  • the determining unit 44 is specifically configured to: when the first terminal receives the data packet that is sent by using the resource in the resource list, determine that the first terminal is the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, where the parameter of the third preset condition includes a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is the first terminal generate.
  • the device 40 may further include:
  • the generating unit 45 is configured to generate the random number by using a preset random sequence.
  • the determining unit 44 is specifically configured to determine whether the random number and the preset threshold meet the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold; and, if the random number meets the preset threshold The relationship between the random number and the preset threshold determines that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the determining unit 44 is further configured to determine whether the broadcast information that is sent by the other terminal and that carries the first temporary identifier is received, where the first temporary identifier is added to the And in the broadcast information sent by the other terminal; and, if the first terminal does not receive the broadcast information carrying the first temporary identifier, performing the step, the first terminal according to the preset The parameter of the condition determines whether the first terminal can become the detection terminal.
  • the sending unit 43 is further configured to send request information to the first base station, so as to request the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detecting terminal;
  • the receiving unit 41 is further configured to receive an instruction that is sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detecting terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes a second temporary identifier configured by the first base station for the first terminal.
  • the device 40 may further include:
  • the adding unit 46 is configured to add the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes that the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal and a broadcast resource location that broadcasts the second temporary identifier.
  • the sending unit 43 is configured to periodically broadcast the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource usage detection threshold includes: an interference power threshold, an interference data packet proportional threshold, and a received power. At least one of a threshold and a received packet ratio threshold, the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information includes a period triggering and an event triggering; when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is a period triggering, The resource usage detection parameter also includes a reporting period.
  • the detecting unit 42 is specifically configured to determine, in each of the reporting periods, a data packet that fails to be received. Whether the received power is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than The received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and the received power of the data packet used by the first terminal to determine that the reception fails is greater than The interference power threshold, or the ratio of the data packet that the first terminal determines to receive the failure is greater than the interference packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or When the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold resource usage level, it is determined that there is interference.
  • the detecting unit 42 is specifically configured to determine whether the received power of the data packet that fails to be received is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first Determining, by the terminal, whether the proportion of the data packet that failed to be received is greater than the proportion of the interference data packet, or whether the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines the received data.
  • the proportion of the packet is greater than the proportion of the received data packet; and the data used by the first terminal to determine that the received data of the failed data is greater than the interference power threshold, or the data that the first terminal determines to receive the failure
  • the ratio of the packet is greater than the interference data packet threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data.
  • the adjusting, by the second resource, the D2D data transmission mode includes: reallocating resources to the second terminal, and/or adjusting transmission power of the D2D data, or notifying the second terminal of the currently used resource interference degree or degree of use. And instructing the second terminal to adjust the used transmission resource and/or adjust the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use. And if the resource location of the resource usage information by the first terminal is the location of the transmission D2D data resource used by the first terminal, the second terminal may also be the first terminal.
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying resource usage parameters, each parameter of the resource usage parameter sequence being in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, the resource usage parameter representation Whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used. degree.
  • the receiving unit 41 is further configured to receive an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using the broadcast information, or receive paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries Determining the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receiving dedicated signaling sent by the base station, the dedicated signaling carrying resources for re-allocating D2D data transmission and/or transmitting D2D for the first terminal The power adjustment value of the data;
  • the device 40 may further include:
  • the adjusting unit 47 is configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the D2D data transmission by the first terminal, and/or adjust a power of transmitting D2D data.
  • the adjusting unit 47 is specifically configured to determine, by the first terminal, that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use, or that the first terminal determines the interference level or the lowest degree of use according to the interference level or the degree of use. And a resource for adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the non-interference, or adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to a location of a resource with a least interference level or a minimum degree of use.
  • the adjusting unit 47 is configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, and that, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, Adjusting, by the first terminal, the sending power of the data packet; or, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal; Adjusting, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, the resource location of the first terminal to the location of the idle resource; or, when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal,
  • the base station sends a scheduling request, where the scheduling request carries the information of the idle resource, and is configured to receive the response information sent by the base station, where the response information carries the resource location information and/or sent by the first terminal.
  • the transmit power information of the packet is configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, and that, when there is interference in the current
  • the device 40 is used as a detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource currently performing the D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the resource usage information to the base station, and the base station can use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal. Accurately notify the use of the resource, and then timely adjust the D2D data transmission mode to the detecting terminal or the second terminal using the resource location, reduce the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell, and effectively improve the cell to the D2D link. The level of inhibition of inter-interference.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention provides a device 50 for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device.
  • the device 50 includes:
  • the receiving unit 51 is configured to receive resource usage information of a resource location reported by the first terminal, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, or information about the resource location
  • the configuration information is carried, and the resource usage information is sent after the first terminal becomes a detection terminal;
  • a determining unit 52 configured to determine, according to the resource usage information, a degree of interference or a degree of use of the resource location;
  • the processing unit 53 is configured to reallocate resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjust D2D data to the first terminal or the second terminal that performs data transmission by using the resource location according to the interference level or the degree of use. Transmitting power, or notifying the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the device 50 may further include:
  • the sending unit 54 is configured to send configuration information to the first terminal, where the configuration information includes a resource usage detection parameter, where the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detection terminal, where the resource is The detection parameter is used to configure the resource usage detection mode of the first terminal.
  • the sending unit 54 is further configured to send broadcast information to the first terminal, where the broadcast information includes a parameter that is a preset condition of the detecting terminal, to facilitate the preset condition of the first terminal. Determining whether the first terminal is the detecting terminal; the parameter of the preset condition at least includes: a signal power gate for receiving, by the first terminal, the first base station signal a resource list in which the resource frequency of the neighboring base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, the neighboring base station corresponding to the neighboring cell of the corresponding cell of the first base station; a preset threshold, and a random The relationship between the number and the preset threshold, the random number being one of the first terminal generation.
  • the sending unit 54 is further configured to receive request information sent by the first terminal, to request the base station to allow the first end end to be a detecting terminal;
  • the determining unit 52 is further configured to determine whether the first terminal is allowed to be a detecting terminal
  • the sending unit 54 is further configured to, when determining that the first terminal is allowed to be a detecting terminal, send an instruction to the first terminal to allow the first terminal to be a detecting terminal.
  • the instruction for allowing the first terminal to detect the terminal carries the temporary identifier allocated by the base station to the first terminal, or the size of the instruction that allows the first terminal to detect the terminal is 1 bit. .
  • the determining unit 53 is further configured to determine, according to information sent by the first terminal to the base station, whether the terminal is at an edge of a cell corresponding to the base station;
  • the device 50 may further include:
  • the determining unit 55 is configured to determine, when the base station is in the edge of the corresponding cell of the base station, whether the data information of the first terminal includes the temporary identifier of the existing detecting terminal;
  • the determining unit 52 is further configured to: when the information sent by the first terminal to the base station does not include the temporary identifier of the existing detecting terminal, determine that the first terminal is a detecting terminal.
  • the processing unit 53 is specifically configured to determine whether the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, and is configured to carry the first data in the data sent by the second terminal.
  • the temporary identifier of a terminal determines the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location currently used by the second terminal according to the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location reported by the first terminal.
  • the processing unit 53 is specifically configured to send paging signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal, where the paging signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to redistribute Generating a resource for D2D data transmission and/or adjusting a power adjustment value of the transmission power of the D2D data; or transmitting paging signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal; and for using the first terminal or the second terminal
  • the terminal responds to the paging signaling, sending, to the first terminal or the second terminal, dedicated signaling, where the dedicated signaling carries the first terminal or the second terminal to re-allocate resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or Or adjust the power adjustment value of the transmit power of the D2D data.
  • the processing unit 53 is specifically configured to use the degree of interference or the degree of use of all resources sent by the broadcast information, so that the second terminal determines the adjusted resource location and/or sends the D2D according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying resource usage parameters, each parameter of the resource usage parameter sequence is in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, the resource usage parameter representation and the resource usage parameter. Whether the corresponding resource has interference or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource usage parameter corresponds to the resource usage degree.
  • the receiving unit 51 is further configured to receive the resource request information sent by the first terminal or the second terminal, where the resource request information carries the idle resources in the cell range corresponding to the base station detected by the second terminal. information;
  • the determining unit 52 is further configured to determine, according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the all resources and the information of the idle resource, the resource location information after the second terminal scheduling and/or the sending power information of the sent data packet;
  • the sending unit 54 is further configured to send, to the second terminal, response information, where the response information carries resource location information rescheduled by the base station for the second terminal, and/or a transmit power of the re-transmitted transmit data packet. information.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource usage detection threshold includes: an interference power threshold, an interference data packet proportional threshold, and a received power. Threshold and receive packet proportional gate At least one of the limits, the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information includes a period triggering and an event triggering; when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is a periodic trigger, the resource usage detecting parameter further includes Reporting cycle.
  • the terminal is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the device 50 or the resource currently performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the device 50, and the device 50 can detect the resource reported by the terminal according to the detecting terminal.
  • the information to accurately inform the use of the resource, and then timely adjusting the D2D data transmission mode of the detecting terminal or the second terminal using the resource location reducing the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell, and effectively improving the D2D link.
  • the level of inhibition of inter-cell interference is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the device 50 or the resource currently performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports the device 50, and the device 50 can detect the resource reported by the terminal according to the detecting terminal.
  • a further embodiment of the present invention provides a device 60 for coordinating cell interference between a device and a device.
  • the device 60 includes:
  • the receiving unit 61 is configured to receive broadcast information of other terminals.
  • the determining unit 62 is configured to: when the first terminal determines that the edge of the cell where the first terminal is located, parse the received broadcast information, and determine whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information;
  • the adding unit 63 is configured to: when the temporary information is carried in the broadcast information, add the temporary identifier to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station;
  • the sending unit 64 is configured to send the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, interference of a resource location of the first terminal. Degree or degree of use, and scheduling the first terminal according to the degree of interference or the degree of use.
  • the determining unit 62 is further configured to determine whether the number of the temporary identifiers is greater than 1;
  • the device 60 may further include:
  • the determining unit 65 is configured to: when the number of the temporary identifiers is greater than 1, determine to receive the received power of the temporary identifier corresponding data packet;
  • the adding unit 63 is specifically configured to temporarily carry the data packet with the highest received power.
  • the identification is added to the scheduling request signaling or data sent to the base station.
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use includes a sequence of carrying resource usage parameters, each parameter of the resource usage parameter sequence is in one-to-one correspondence with one of all resources, the resource usage parameter representation and the resource usage parameter. Whether the corresponding resource has interference or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource usage parameter corresponds to the resource usage degree.
  • the receiving unit 61 is further configured to receive an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using the broadcast information, or receive paging signaling sent by the base station, where the paging signaling carries Determining the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receiving the dedicated signaling sent by the base station, where the dedicated signaling carries the transmission resource and/or the transmitted power adjustment value re-allocated for the first terminal ;
  • the device 60 may further include:
  • the adjusting unit 66 is configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the first terminal to perform terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, and/or adjust power of transmitting D2D data. .
  • the adjusting unit 66 is specifically configured to determine, by the first terminal, that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use, or that the first terminal determines the interference level or the lowest degree of use according to the interference level or the degree of use. And a resource for adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the non-interference, or adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to a location of a resource with a least interference level or a minimum degree of use.
  • the adjusting unit 66 is specifically configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, and that, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, Adjusting, by the first terminal, the sending power of the data packet; or, when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal, detecting whether there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal; Adjusting, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, the resource location of the first terminal to the location of the idle resource; or, when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, Base The station sends a scheduling request, where the scheduling request carries the information of the idle resource; and, for receiving the response information sent by the base station, the response information carries the resource location information and/or sent by the first terminal after scheduling. The transmit power information of the packet.
  • the device 60 adds the temporary identifier to the resource request signaling or the data sent to the base station, and the base station determines the corresponding detecting terminal according to the temporary identifier, and further determines the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal.
  • the device can schedule the device 60 more accurately by the interference situation of the resource location where the device 60 is located.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a coordination terminal 70 for cell interference between the device and the device.
  • the method includes: at least one processing unit 701, such as a CPU, at least one communication unit 702 or other input unit 703, and stores Unit 704, output unit 705, at least one communication bus 706, and power source 707.
  • Communication bus 706 is used to implement communication between these components.
  • the processing unit 701 is a control center of the terminal 70, which connects various parts of the entire terminal 70 by various interfaces and lines, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the storage unit, and calling the storage in the storage unit 704. Data to perform various functions of the terminal 70 and/or process data.
  • the processing unit 701 may be composed of an integrated circuit (IC), for example, may be composed of a single packaged IC, or may be composed of a plurality of packaged ICs that have the same function or different functions.
  • the processing unit 701 may include only a central processing unit (CPU), or may be a GPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), and a control chip (eg, a baseband chip) in the communication unit.
  • the CPU may be a single operation core, and may also include multiple operation cores.
  • the communication unit 702 is configured to establish a communication channel through which the terminal 70 is connected to a remote server, and downloads media data from the remote server or uploads media data to the remote server.
  • the communication unit 702 may include a wireless local area network (wireless LAN) module, a Bluetooth module, a baseband module, and the like, and a radio frequency (RF) circuit corresponding to the communication module.
  • wireless local area network wireless local area network
  • Bluetooth communication infrared communication and/or cellular communication Signal system communication, such as Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA) and/or High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA).
  • W-CDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
  • the communication module is used to control communication of components in the terminal 70, and can support Direct Memory Access.
  • various communication modules in the communication unit 702 generally appear in the form of an integrated circuit chip, and can be selectively combined without including all communication modules and corresponding Antenna group.
  • the communication unit 702 can include only a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, and a corresponding antenna to provide communication functionality in a cellular communication system.
  • the terminal 70 can be connected to a cellular network (Cellular Network) or the Internet (Internet) via a wireless communication connection established by the communication unit 702, such as wireless local area network access or WCDMA access.
  • a communication module, such as a baseband module, in the communication unit 702 can be integrated into the processing unit 701.
  • the input unit 703 is configured to implement interaction between the user and the terminal 70 and/or information input into the terminal 70.
  • the input unit 703 can receive numeric or character information input by the user to generate a signal input related to user setting or function control.
  • the input unit 703 may be a touch panel, or may be other human-computer interaction interfaces, such as physical input keys, microphones, etc., and may also be other external information capture devices, such as cameras.
  • a touch panel also known as a touch screen or touch screen, collects operational actions that the user touches or approaches on.
  • the user uses an action of any suitable object or accessory such as a finger or a stylus on or near the touch panel, and drives the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program.
  • the touch panel may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects a touch operation of the user, converts the detected touch operation into an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the touch controller;
  • the touch controller receives the electrical signal from the touch detection device, and It is converted into contact coordinates and sent to the processing unit 701.
  • the touch controller may also receive and execute a command sent by the processing unit 701.
  • touch panels can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the physical input keys employed by the input unit 703 may include, but are not limited to, objects One or more of a keyboard, a function key (such as a volume control button, a switch button, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, a joystick, and the like.
  • the input unit 703 in the form of a microphone can collect the voice input by the user or the environment and convert it into a command executable by the processing unit 701 in the form of an electrical signal.
  • the storage unit 704 is used to store software programs and modules, and the processing unit 701 executes various functional applications of the terminal 70 and implements data processing by running software programs and modules stored in the storage unit 704.
  • the storage unit 704 mainly includes a program storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program storage area can store an operating system 7041, an application program 7042 required for at least one function, such as a sound playing program, an image playing program, and the like; the data storage area can be stored. Data created according to the use of the terminal 70 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage unit 704 may include a volatile memory, such as a non-volatile volatile random access memory (NVRAM), a phase change random access memory (PRAM), Magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM), etc., may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, Electronically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM) ), flash memory devices, such as NOR flash memory or NAND flash memory.
  • NVRAM non-volatile volatile random access memory
  • PRAM phase change random access memory
  • MRAM Magnetoresistive random access memory
  • EEPROM Electronically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • flash memory devices such as NOR flash memory or NAND flash memory.
  • the nonvolatile memory stores an operating system 7041 and an application 7042 executed by the processing unit 701.
  • the processing unit 701 loads the running program and data from the non-volatile memory into the memory and stores the digital content in a plurality of storage devices.
  • the operating system 7041 includes various components and/or drivers for controlling and managing conventional system tasks, such as memory management, storage device control, power management, and the like, as well as facilitating communication between various hardware and software.
  • the operating system may be an Android system, an iOS system, a Windows operating system, or the like, or may be an embedded operating system such as Vxworks.
  • the application 7042 includes any application installed on the terminal 70, including but not limited to browsers, emails, instant messaging services, word processing, keyboard virtualization, widgets, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition. , voice copying, positioning (such as those provided by GPS), music playback, and more.
  • the output unit 706 includes, but is not limited to, an image output unit and a sound output unit.
  • the image output unit is used to output text, pictures, and/or video.
  • the image output unit may include a display panel, such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), an OLED (Organic Light-Emitting Diode), a field emission display (FED), or the like. Display panel.
  • the image output unit may comprise a reflective display, such as an electrophoretic display, or a display utilizing an Interferometric Modulation of Light.
  • the image output unit may comprise a single display or multiple displays of different sizes.
  • the touch panel used by the input unit 703 can also serve as the display panel of the output unit 706.
  • the touch panel detects a touch or proximity gesture operation thereon, it is transmitted to the processing unit 701 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processing unit 701 provides a corresponding visual output on the display panel according to the type of the touch event.
  • the input unit 703 and the output unit 706 can implement the input and output functions of the terminal 70 as two separate components, but in some embodiments, the input and output of the terminal 70 can be realized by integrating the touch panel with the display panel.
  • the image output unit can display various graphical user interfaces (GUIs) as virtual control components, including but not limited to windows, scroll axes, icons, and scrapbooks, for the user to touch. Take action.
  • GUIs graphical user interfaces
  • the audio output unit includes a digital to analog converter for converting the audio signal output by the processing unit 701 from a digital format to an analog format.
  • Power source 707 is used to power different components of terminal 70 to maintain its operation.
  • the power source 707 can be a built-in battery, such as a conventional lithium ion battery, a nickel metal hydride battery, etc., and also includes an external power source that directly supplies power to the terminal 70, such as an AC adapter.
  • the power source 707 can also be more widely defined, and may further include, for example, a power management system, a charging system, a power failure detecting circuit, a power converter or an inverter, and a power status indicator. (e.g., light emitting diodes), as well as any other components associated with power generation, management, and distribution of terminal 70.
  • the communication unit 702 is configured to: when the first terminal becomes a detection terminal, Receiving configuration information sent by the first base station, where the configuration information includes resource usage detection parameters, and the detection terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level of the terminal to the terminal D2D link of the detection terminal, where the resource usage detection parameter is used. And configuring a resource usage detection manner of the first terminal;
  • the processing unit 701 is configured to detect resource usage information of a resource location according to the resource usage detection parameter, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs D2D data transmission, or information of the resource location is Carrying the configuration information;
  • the communication unit 702 is further configured to report the resource usage information to the first base station, so that the first base station may use the resource usage information to the first terminal or the second terminal using the resource location. Perform adjustment of D2D data transmission mode.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to determine, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detection terminal, where the parameter of the preset condition is The first base station is sent by using the broadcast information, or the parameter of the preset condition is preset by the first terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a first preset condition, where the first preset condition includes a condition for determining that the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located.
  • the parameter of the first preset condition includes a signal power threshold value of the first terminal receiving the first base station signal.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to determine, according to the signal power threshold, whether the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located; and When the first terminal is located at an edge of a cell where the first terminal is currently located, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a second preset condition, where the second preset condition includes whether the first terminal receives a data packet sent by a resource in a resource list,
  • the parameter of the second preset condition includes the resource list being a resource list in which the resource frequency of the resource of the second base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, and the second base station and the first The base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell, and the resource list is broadcasted by the first base station;
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to: when the first terminal receives the data packet that is sent by using the resource in the resource list, determine that the first terminal is the detection terminal.
  • the preset condition includes a third preset condition, where the parameter of the third preset condition includes a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold.
  • the random number is generated by the first terminal;
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to: generate, by the first terminal, the random number by using a preset random sequence; and determine whether the random number and the preset threshold satisfy the random number and the preset a relationship between the thresholds; and, if the random number and the preset threshold satisfy the relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, determining that the first terminal becomes the detecting terminal.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to: determine whether to receive broadcast information that is sent by another terminal and that carries the first temporary identifier, where the first temporary identifier is determined by the other terminal as And the detecting terminal is added to the broadcast information sent by the other terminal; and, if the first terminal does not receive the broadcast information carrying the first temporary identifier, performing the step The first terminal determines, according to the parameter of the preset condition, whether the first terminal can be the detection terminal.
  • the communication unit 702 is further configured to send request information to the first base station, to request the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal; And for receiving an instruction sent by the first base station to allow the first terminal to be the detection terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes: a second temporary identifier that is configured by the first base station to the first terminal;
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to add the second temporary identifier to a data packet sent by the first terminal.
  • the configuration information further includes: the first base station is a second temporary identifier of the first terminal, and a broadcast resource location that broadcasts the second temporary identifier;
  • the communication unit 702 is further configured to periodically broadcast the second temporary identifier at the broadcast resource location.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource usage detection threshold includes: interference power At least one of a threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, wherein the manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting includes a periodic trigger and an event trigger; and when the resource usage information is triggered When the manner of reporting is periodic triggering, the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the processing unit 701 when the manner of triggering the reporting of the resource usage information is triggered by a period, the processing unit 701 is further configured to determine, in each of the reporting periods, that the reception fails. Whether the received power of the data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the data packet that failed to receive is greater than the interference data packet threshold, or the first terminal determines the received power of the received data packet.
  • the first terminal determines whether it is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and, when the first terminal determines the received power of the received data packet If the interference power threshold is greater than the interference power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the interference data packet threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, Or the first terminal determines that the proportion of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold resource usage level. To determine the presence of interference.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to determine whether a received power of the data packet that fails to be received is greater than the Interference power threshold, or whether the first terminal determines whether the proportion of the failed data packet is greater than the interference packet proportional threshold, or the first terminal determines whether the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or Determining, by the first terminal, whether a ratio of the received data packet is greater than the received data packet proportional threshold; and, when the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the interference power threshold, or The first terminal determines that the proportion of the data packet that failed to be received is greater than the proportion of the interference data packet, or the first terminal determines that the received power of the received data packet is greater than the received power threshold, or the first terminal determines that the received data is received.
  • the proportion of the data packet is greater than the proportion of the received data packet Within a time limit, it
  • the adjusting, by the second resource, the D2D data transmission mode includes re-allocating resources and/or adjusting transmission power of the D2D data, or notifying the second The degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the terminal, instructing the second terminal to adjust the used transmission resource and/or adjust the transmission power according to the interference level or the degree of use.
  • the second terminal It can also be the first terminal.
  • the interference degree or the degree of use includes a resource usage parameter sequence, and each parameter in the resource usage parameter sequence has a one-to-one correspondence with one resource of all resources.
  • the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource usage parameter Corresponds to the extent of resource usage.
  • the communication unit 702 is further configured to receive an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using broadcast information, or receive paging signaling sent by the base station. And the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receives the dedicated signaling sent by the base station, where the dedicated signaling carries the D2D for the first terminal to be reassigned.
  • a resource for data transmission and/or a power adjustment value for transmitting D2D data a resource for data transmission and/or a power adjustment value for transmitting D2D data
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to: determine, by the first terminal, that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use, or use the first terminal according to the interference level or use Determining the degree of interference or the least used resource; and adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the no interference, or adjusting the first The resource location of the terminal to the location of the level of interference or the least used resource.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located; and Detecting the transmission power of the data packet sent by the first terminal when there is interference in the current resource location of the terminal; or detecting whether the first terminal coverage exists within the coverage of the first terminal when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal; And an idle resource; and, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located; or
  • the communication unit 702 is further configured to: when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, send a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource; and, for receiving the The response information sent by the base station, where the response information carries resource position information scheduled by the first terminal and/or transmission power information of the transmitted data packet.
  • the terminal 70 is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station or the resource for performing D2D data transmission, and obtains the resource usage information and reports it to the base station, and the base station can use the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal. Accurately notify the use of the resource, and then timely adjust the D2D data transmission mode to the detecting terminal or the second terminal using the resource location, reduce the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell, and effectively improve the cell to the D2D link. The level of inhibition of inter-interference.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a coordinated base station 80 for cell interference between the device and the device.
  • the base station 80 includes a processing unit 81 and an interface circuit 82, and the storage unit 83 and the bus 84 are also shown.
  • the processing unit 81, the interface circuit 82, and the storage unit 83 are connected by the bus 84 and complete communication with each other.
  • the processing unit 81 herein may be a processing element or a collective name of a plurality of processing elements.
  • the processing element may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
  • An integrated circuit such as one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • the storage unit 83 may be a storage device or a collective name of a plurality of storage elements, and is used to store executable program code or parameters, data, and the like required for the operation of the access network management device.
  • the storage unit 83 may include a random access unit (RAM), and may also include a non-volatile memory such as a disk storage unit, a flash memory, or the like.
  • the bus 84 may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 84 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 41, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the base station 80 can also include input and output devices coupled to the bus 84 for connection to other portions, such as the processing unit 81, via the bus 84.
  • the processing unit 81 calls the program code in the storage unit 83 to perform the operations performed by the CN network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 81 is configured to receive, by using the interface circuit 82, resource usage information of a resource location reported by the first terminal, where the resource location is a resource location where the first terminal currently performs terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission. Or the information of the resource location is carried by the configuration information, where the resource usage information is sent after the first terminal becomes a detection terminal, and is configured to determine interference of the resource location according to the resource usage information.
  • Degree or degree of use and, for reassigning resources and/or adjustments for D2D data transmission to the first terminal or the second terminal using the resource location for data transmission according to the degree of interference or the degree of use;
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to send configuration information to the first terminal by using the interface circuit 82, where the configuration information includes resource usage detection.
  • the detecting terminal is configured to measure a resource usage level on the D2D link corresponding to the detecting terminal, where the resource usage detecting parameter is used to configure a resource usage detecting manner of the first terminal.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to send broadcast information to the first terminal by using the interface circuit 82, where the broadcast information includes a preset condition that is the detection terminal.
  • the parameter of the first terminal is used to determine whether the first terminal is the detecting terminal, and the parameter of the preset condition at least includes: receiving, by the first terminal, the first a signal power threshold of the base station signal; a resource list in which the resource frequency of the resource of the neighboring base station is orthogonal to the resource frequency of the first base station, where the neighboring base station corresponds to the neighboring cell of the cell corresponding to the first base station; a preset threshold, and a relationship between the random number and the preset threshold, where the random number is one of the first terminal generation.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to receive, by using the interface circuit 82, request information sent by the first terminal, to request the base station to allow the first end of the terminal. And detecting the terminal; and determining whether to allow the first terminal to be a detection terminal; and, for determining, when the first terminal is allowed to be the detection terminal, sending, by the interface circuit 82, the first terminal The first terminal is allowed to be an instruction to detect the terminal.
  • the first terminal is configured to detect a terminal, and the temporary identifier that is allocated by the base station to the first terminal is allowed, or the first terminal is allowed to be
  • the size of the instruction to detect the terminal is 1 bit.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to determine, according to information sent by the first terminal to the base station, whether the terminal is at an edge of a cell corresponding to the base station; Determining, when the base station determines that the first terminal is in an edge of a cell corresponding to the base station, determining whether the data information of the first terminal includes a temporary identifier of an existing detection terminal; and When the information sent by the terminal to the base station does not include the temporary identifier of the existing detection terminal, the first terminal is determined to be the detection terminal.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to determine whether the data sent by the second terminal carries the temporary identifier of the first terminal, and Carrying the temporary identifier of the first terminal in the data sent by the terminal, according to the first
  • the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location reported by a terminal determines the degree of interference or the degree of use of the resource location currently used by the second terminal.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to send, by using the interface circuit 82, paging signaling, the paging signaling, to the first terminal or the second terminal. Carrying the first terminal or the second terminal to re-allocate resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusting power adjustment values of transmit power of D2D data; or sending paging signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal; And transmitting, by the interface circuit 82, dedicated signaling to the first terminal or the second terminal after the first terminal or the second terminal responds to the paging signaling, where the dedicated signaling carries The first terminal or the second terminal re-allocates resources for performing D2D data transmission and/or adjusts power adjustment values of transmission power of the D2D data.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to use, by using the interface circuit 82, the degree of interference or the degree of use of all resources sent by the broadcast information, so that the second terminal is configured according to the Determining the degree of interference or the degree of use to determine the adjusted resource location and/or transmitting the transmit power of the D2D data packet; or paging the first terminal or the second terminal by paging signaling, the paging signaling carrying the first The degree of interference or the degree of use of the resources currently used by the terminal.
  • the interference degree or the degree of use includes a resource usage parameter sequence, and each parameter in the resource usage parameter sequence has a one-to-one correspondence with one resource of all resources.
  • the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource usage parameter Corresponds to the extent of resource usage.
  • the processing unit 81 is further configured to receive, by using the interface circuit 82, resource request information sent by the first terminal or the second terminal, where the resource request information carries the And determining, by the second terminal, the information about the idle resources in the cell range, and determining, according to the interference degree or the degree of use of the all resources, and the information about the idle resources, the resource location information after scheduling by the second terminal, and / or send a packet to send Power information; and, for transmitting, by the interface circuit 82, response information to the second terminal, where the response information carries resource location information rescheduled by the base station for the second terminal, and/or re-transmitted transmission The transmit power information of the packet.
  • the resource usage detection parameter further includes a manner of triggering reporting of the resource usage information, a resource usage detection threshold, and a resource usage statistics manner, where the resource usage detection threshold includes: interference power At least one of a threshold, an interference packet proportional threshold, a received power threshold, and a received packet proportional threshold, wherein the manner of triggering the resource usage information reporting includes a periodic trigger and an event trigger; and when the resource usage information is triggered When the manner of reporting is periodic triggering, the resource usage detection parameter further includes a reporting period.
  • the terminal is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station 80 or the resource currently transmitting the D2D data, and obtains the resource usage information and reports it to the base station 80.
  • the base station 80 can detect the resource reported by the terminal. Using the information to accurately inform the use of the resource, and then timely adjusting the D2D data transmission mode of the detecting terminal or the second terminal using the resource location, reducing the interference on the D2D link of the terminal of the cell, and effectively improving the D2D link.
  • the level of inhibition of inter-cell interference is used as the detecting terminal, and the detecting terminal detects the resource configured by the base station 80 or the resource currently transmitting the D2D data, and obtains the resource usage information and reports it to the base station 80.
  • the base station 80 can detect the resource reported by the terminal. Using the information to accurately inform the use of the resource, and then timely adjusting the D2D data transmission mode of the detecting terminal or the second terminal using the resource location, reducing the interference on
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a coordination terminal 90 for cell interference between the device and the device.
  • the method includes: at least one processing unit 901, such as a CPU, at least one communication unit 902 or other input unit 903, and stores Unit 904, output unit 905, at least one communication bus 906, and power supply 907.
  • Communication bus 906 is used to implement communication between these components.
  • the processing unit 901 is a control center of the terminal 90, which connects various parts of the entire terminal 90 by various interfaces and lines, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the storage unit, and calling the storage in the storage unit 904. Data to perform various functions of the terminal 90 and/or process data.
  • the processing unit 901 may be composed of an integrated circuit (IC), for example, may be composed of a single packaged IC, or may be composed of a plurality of packaged ICs that have the same function or different functions.
  • the processing unit 901 may include only a central processing unit (CPU), or may be a GPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), and a control chip (eg, a baseband chip) in the communication unit. of combination.
  • the CPU may be a single operation core, and may also include multiple operation cores.
  • the communication unit 902 is configured to establish a communication channel through which the terminal 90 connects to a remote server, and downloads media data from the remote server or uploads media data to the remote server.
  • the communication unit 902 may include a wireless local area network (wireless LAN) module, a Bluetooth module, a baseband module, and the like, and a radio frequency (RF) circuit corresponding to the communication module.
  • wireless local area network wireless local area network
  • Bluetooth communication infrared communication and/or cellular communication system communication, such as Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA) and/or High Speed Downlink Packet Access (High Speed) Downlink Packet Access, HSDPA).
  • W-CDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
  • the communication module is used to control communication of components in the terminal 90, and can support Direct Memory Access.
  • the various communication modules in the communication unit 902 generally appear in the form of an integrated circuit chip, and can be selectively combined without including all communication modules and corresponding Antenna group.
  • the communication unit 902 can include only a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, and a corresponding antenna to provide communication functionality in a cellular communication system.
  • the terminal 90 can be connected to a cellular network (Cellular Network) or the Internet (Internet) via a wireless communication connection established by the communication unit 902, such as wireless local area network access or WCDMA access.
  • communication modules, such as baseband modules, in the communication unit 902 may be integrated into the processing unit 901.
  • the input unit 903 is configured to implement interaction between the user and the terminal 90 and/or information input into the terminal 90.
  • the input unit 903 can receive numeric or character information input by a user to generate a signal input related to user setting or function control.
  • the input unit 903 may be a touch panel, or may be other human-computer interaction interfaces, such as a physical input key, a microphone, etc., and may be other external information capture devices, such as a camera.
  • a touch panel also known as a touch screen or touch screen, collects operational actions that the user touches or approaches on.
  • the user uses any suitable object or accessory such as a finger or a stylus on or near the touch panel.
  • the touch panel may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects a touch operation of the user, converts the detected touch operation into an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the touch controller;
  • the touch controller receives the electrical signal from the touch detection device, and It is converted into contact coordinates and sent to the processing unit 901.
  • the touch controller may also receive and execute a command sent by the processing unit 901.
  • touch panels can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the physical input keys used by the input unit 903 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, a function key (such as a volume control button, a switch button, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, a joystick, and the like. kind or more.
  • the input unit 903 in the form of a microphone can collect the voice input by the user or the environment and convert it into a command executable by the processing unit 901 in the form of an electrical signal.
  • the storage unit 904 is used to store software programs and modules, and the processing unit 901 executes various functional applications of the terminal 90 and implements data processing by running software programs and modules stored in the storage unit 904.
  • the storage unit 904 mainly includes a program storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program storage area may store an operating system 9041, an application program 9042 required for at least one function, such as a sound playing program, an image playing program, and the like; the data storage area may be stored. Data created according to the use of the terminal 90 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage unit 904 may include a volatile memory, such as a non-volatile volatile random access memory (NVRAM), a phase change random access memory (PRAM), Magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM), etc., may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, Electronically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM) ), flash memory devices, such as NOR flash memory or NAND flash memory.
  • NVRAM non-volatile volatile random access memory
  • PRAM phase change random access memory
  • MRAM Magnetoresistive random access memory
  • the nonvolatile memory stores an operating system 9041 and an application 9042 executed by the processing unit 901.
  • the processing unit 901 loads the running program and data from the non-volatile memory into the memory and stores the digital content in a plurality of storage devices.
  • the operating system 9041 includes tasks for controlling and managing conventional systems.
  • the operating system may be an Android system, an iOS system, a Windows operating system, or the like, or may be an embedded operating system such as Vxworks.
  • the application 9042 includes any application installed on the terminal 90, including but not limited to browsers, emails, instant messaging services, word processing, keyboard virtualization, widgets, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition. , voice copying, positioning (such as those provided by GPS), music playback, and more.
  • the output unit 906 includes, but is not limited to, an image output unit and a sound output unit.
  • the image output unit is used to output text, pictures, and/or video.
  • the image output unit may include a display panel, such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), an OLED (Organic Light-Emitting Diode), a field emission display (FED), or the like. Display panel.
  • the image output unit may comprise a reflective display, such as an electrophoretic display, or a display utilizing an Interferometric Modulation of Light.
  • the image output unit may comprise a single display or multiple displays of different sizes.
  • the touch panel used by the input unit 903 can also serve as the display panel of the output unit 906 at the same time.
  • the touch panel detects a touch or proximity gesture operation thereon, it is transmitted to the processing unit 901 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processing unit 901 provides a corresponding visual output on the display panel according to the type of the touch event.
  • the input unit 903 and the output unit 906 can implement the input and output functions of the terminal 90 as two separate components, but in some embodiments, the input and output of the terminal 90 can be realized by integrating the touch panel with the display panel.
  • the image output unit can display various graphical user interfaces (GUIs) as virtual control components, including but not limited to windows, scroll axes, icons, and scrapbooks, for the user to touch. Take action.
  • GUIs graphical user interfaces
  • the audio output unit includes a digital to analog converter for converting the audio signal output by the processing unit 901 from a digital format to an analog format.
  • Power source 907 is used to power different components of terminal 90 to maintain its operation.
  • the power source 907 can be a built-in battery, such as a conventional lithium ion battery, a nickel metal hydride battery, etc., and also includes an external power source that directly supplies power to the terminal 90, such as an AC adapter.
  • the power supply 907 can also be more widely defined, for example, can also include a power management system, a charging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or an inverter, and a power status indicator. (e.g., light emitting diodes), as well as any other components associated with power generation, management, and distribution of terminal 90.
  • the communication unit 902 is configured to receive broadcast information of other terminals
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to: when the first terminal determines that the edge of the cell where the first terminal is currently located, parse the received broadcast information, determine whether the temporary identifier is carried in the information, and When the temporary information is carried in the broadcast information, the temporary identifier is added to the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station;
  • the communication unit 902 is further configured to send the scheduling request signaling or the data sent to the base station to the base station, so that the base station determines, according to the temporary identifier, a resource location of the first terminal.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to determine whether the quantity of the temporary identifier is greater than 1; and, when the quantity of the temporary identifier is greater than 1, determine to receive the temporary Identifying a received power of the corresponding data packet; and adding a temporary identifier carried by the data packet with the highest received power to the scheduling request signaling or data sent to the base station.
  • the interference degree or the degree of use includes a resource usage parameter sequence, and each parameter in the resource usage parameter sequence has a one-to-one correspondence with one resource of all resources.
  • the resource usage parameter indicates whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter has interference, or the degree of interference with the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter, or whether the resource corresponding to the resource usage parameter is used, or the resource usage parameter Corresponds to the extent of resource usage.
  • the communication unit 902 is further configured to receive an interference degree or a degree of use of all resource locations that are sent by the base station by using the broadcast information; or the first terminal receives the base station to send The paging signaling, the paging signaling carries the interference degree or the degree of use of the resource currently used by the first terminal; or receives the dedicated signaling sent by the base station, where the dedicated signaling is carried as the first The transmission resource and/or the transmitted power adjustment value re-allocated by the terminal;
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to adjust, according to the broadcast information, the paging signaling, or the dedicated signaling, a resource location of the first terminal to perform terminal-to-terminal D2D data transmission, and/or adjust and transmit D2D data. Power.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to: determine, by the first terminal, that there is no interference according to the interference level or the degree of use, or use the first terminal according to the interference level or use Determining the degree of interference or the least used resource; and, for adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the no-interference, or adjusting the resource location of the first terminal to the lowest degree of interference or the least used resource position.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to determine, according to the interference level or the degree of use, that there is interference in a resource location where the first terminal is currently located; and Detecting the transmission power of the data packet sent by the first terminal when there is interference in the current resource location of the terminal; or detecting whether the first terminal coverage exists within the coverage of the first terminal when there is interference in the current resource location of the first terminal; And an idle resource; and, when the idle resource exists in the coverage of the first terminal, adjusting a resource location of the first terminal to a location where the idle resource is located;
  • the communication unit 902 is further configured to: when there is an idle resource in the coverage of the first terminal, send a scheduling request to the base station, where the scheduling request carries information about the idle resource; and, for receiving the The response information sent by the base station, where the response information carries resource position information scheduled by the first terminal and/or transmission power information of the transmitted data packet.
  • the terminal 90 adds the temporary identifier to the resource request signaling or the data sent to the base station, and the base station determines the corresponding detection terminal according to the temporary identifier.
  • the base station can schedule the terminal 90 more accurately according to the resource usage information reported by the detecting terminal to determine the interference situation of the resource location where the terminal 90 is located.
  • the apparatus for coordinating cell interference between the device and the device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may implement the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the method and device for coordinating cell interference between the device and the device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be applicable to the adjustment of the inter-cell interference by the base station, but is not limited thereto.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例公开了一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置，涉及通信领域，能够解决终端之间在小区边沿进行D2D通信时，基站并不能准确获知D2D链路的信号质量，无法准确降低小区间干扰的问题。本发明的方法包括：当第一终端成为检测终端时，第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息，配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，资源使用检测参数用于配置第一终端的资源使用检测方式；第一终端根据资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息；第一终端向第一基站上报资源使用信息，以便于第一基站根据资源使用信息对第一终端或使用资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。

Description

设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置 技术领域
本发明涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置。
背景技术
终端到终端(Device to Device，D2D)是一种端到端直接通信的技术，即终端与终端之间的通信不再需要基站的中转，基站只需要进行资源的配置、调度、协调等来辅助终端之间直接进行通信。为了使相邻小区之间的终端能够进行D2D通信，基站间需要交互资源池信息，并且基站要广播本小区和相邻小区的资源池信息。终端根据基站广播的资源池信息，在相应的资源池内发射或者侦听信号，从而有机会侦听相邻小区的资源池，实现小区间的D2D传输。但是，相邻小区的资源池经常会重叠，此时，相邻小区中处于相同资源池的终端均在进行数据传输，则相邻小区中处于相同资源池的终端接收的数据会存在较强的干扰，即小区间干扰。为了降低小区间干扰，现有技术采用小区间干扰协调(Inter-Cell interference cancelation，ICIC)技术，即在长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中，对演进型基站之间的接口(The interface between eNodeBs，X2)信令进行标准化，相邻小区对应基站之间可以通过X2接口交互本小区的相对窄带发射功率(Relative Narrowband Transmission Power，RNTP)、超负荷指示(Overload Indicator，OI)、高干扰指示(High Interference Indicator，HII)信息，RNTP、OI、HII信息是通过位图的形式来指示当前的小区中的资源块上的传输功率是否超过一个门限，邻小区基站在调度本小区的终端使用的资源时，通过RNTP信息了解邻小区在资源的传输功率，并判断可能受到的来自邻小区的资源使用水平，结合可能受到的来自邻小区的资源使用水平对资源进行调度，避免小区间干扰。
现有技术中至少存在如下问题：由于终端之间在小区边沿进行D2D通信时，D2D链路与基站距离很远，基站并不能准确获知D2D链路的信号质量，则并不能测量D2D链路的RNTP、OI、HII信息，从而不能及时准确的通知相邻小区的基站调整资源调度的方式，无法准确降低小区间干扰。
发明内容
本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置，能够解决终端之间在小区边沿进行D2D通信时，基站并不能准确获知D2D链路的信号质量，无法准确降低小区间干扰的问题。
为达到上述目的，本发明的实施例采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调的方法，包括：
当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，所述第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，所述第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息资源使用检测参数资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端包括：
所述第一终端根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；
当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第一方面的第一至第三中任一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
所述第一终端根据第二预设条件判断所述第一终端是否可以成为检测终端，包括：
当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第一方面的第一至第四中任一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；
则在所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端之前，所述方法包括：
所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；
所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端包括：
所述第一终端判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；
若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第一方面的第一至第五中任一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一终端根据所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；
若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则所述第一终端执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
结合第一方面的第一至第六中任一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；
所述第一终端接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；所述方法还 包括：
所述第一终端将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；
当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
结合第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息包括：
在每个所述上报周期内，所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；
当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包 比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
结合第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测所述资源位置的资源使用信息包括：
所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；
当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，若所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
结合第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对 应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息之后，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；
所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述第一终端根据所述广播信息调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置包括：
所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；
所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整所述 第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率包括：
所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；
当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；
或者，
当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；
当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
或者，
当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；
所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
第二方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，包括：
基站接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；
所述基站根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；
所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第 二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述基站接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息前，所述方法还包括：
所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，在所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述基站向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；
所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
结合第二方面和第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述基站接收所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述基站接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；
所述基站确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；
当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，所述基站向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的 实现方式中，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述基站根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；
当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，所述基站判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；
当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，所述基站确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度之前，所述方法还包括：
所述基站判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；
若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则所述基站根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率包括：
所述基站向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源 和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；
或者，
所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；
在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述基站通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度包括：
所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，
所述基站通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，在所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，或所述基站通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第二终端之后，所述方法还包括：
所述基站接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源 的信息；
所述基站根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；
所述基站向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；
当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
第三方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调的方法，包括：
第一终端接收其他终端的广播信息；
当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述第一终端解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；
当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
所述第一终端向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一 终端将所述临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；
当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，所述第一终端确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；
所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中包括：
所述第一终端将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的 实现方式中，所述第一终端根据所述广播信息调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置包括：
所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；
所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率包括：
所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；
当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；
或者，
当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；
当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
或者，
当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；
所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
第四方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，包括：
接收单元，用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接收第一基站发送 的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
检测单元，用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
发送单元，用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：
判断单元，用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述判断单元具体用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第四方面的第一至第三中任一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包， 所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
所述判断单元具体用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第四方面的第一至第四中任一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；所述装置还包括：
生成单元，用于通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；
所述判断单元具体用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第四方面的第一至第五中任一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述判断单元还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
结合第四方面的第一至第六中任一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；
所述接收单元还用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信 息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；所述装置还包括：
添加单元，用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；
发送单元还用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
结合第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述检测单元具体用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
结合第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述检测单元具体用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
结合第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，如果所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
结合第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；所述装置还包括：
调整单元，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第四方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述调整单元具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第四方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述调整单元具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
第五方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，包括：
接收单元，用于接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；
确定单元，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；
处理单元，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述装置还包括：
发送单元，用于向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元还用于向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
结合第五方面和第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第 三种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元还用于接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；
所述确定单元还用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；
所述发送单元还用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述确定单元还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；所述装置还包括：
判断单元，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；
所述确定单元还用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用于在所述第一终端 或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
结合第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；
所述确定单元还用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；
所述发送单元还用于向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门 限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
第六方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，包括：
接收单元，用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
判断单元，用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；
添加单元，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
发送单元，用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述判断单元还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；所述装置还包括：
确定单元，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；
所述添加单元具体用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资 源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；所述装置还包括：
调整单元，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述调整单元具体用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述调整单元具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位 置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
第七方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端，所述终端至少包括：通信单元、处理单元；
所述通信单元用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
所述处理单元用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
所述通信单元还用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
结合第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第七方面的第一至第三中任一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
所述处理单元还用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第七方面的第一至第四中任一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；
所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；以及，用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
结合第七方面的第一至第五中任一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
结合第七方面的第一至第六中任一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；以 及，用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；
所述处理单元还用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；
所述通信单元还用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
结合第七方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述处理单元还用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或 者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
结合第七方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述处理单元还用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
结合第七方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，若所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
结合第七方面的第十四种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、 或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第七方面的第十五种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；以及，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第七方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第七方面的第十六种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，
所述通信单元还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及， 用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
第八方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调基站，所述基站至少包括：处理单元和接口电路；
所述处理单元用于通过所述接口电路接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；以及，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；以及，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
结合第八方面和第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；以及，用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；以及，用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
结合第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；以及，用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用 于在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
结合第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
结合第八方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第八方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；以及，用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；以及，用于通过所述接口电路向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门 限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
第九方面，本发明的实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端，所述终端至少包括：通信单元、处理单元；
所述通信单元用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
所述处理单元用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；以及，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
所述通信单元还用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；以及，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；以及，用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
结合第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
所述处理单元还用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
结合第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
结合第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
所述通信单元还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例提供的一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置，本发明实施例中，将终端作为检测终端，检测终端对基站配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站，基站可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。
图1为本发明提供的一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图2为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图3为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图4为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图5为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图6为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图7为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图8为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方 法流程图；
图9为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图10为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图11为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图12为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图13为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图14为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图15为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图16为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图17为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图18为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图19为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图20为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图21为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图22为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图23为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图24为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图25为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图26为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图27为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图28为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图29为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图30为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图31为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图32为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图33为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法的方法流程图；
图34为本发明提供的一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的结构示意图；
图35为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的 结构示意图；
图36为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的结构示意图；
图37为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的结构示意图；
图38为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的结构示意图；
图39为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置的结构示意图；
图40为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端的结构示意图；
图41为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调基站的结构示意图；
图42为本发明提供的又一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
为使本发明技术方案的优点更加清楚，下面结合附图和实施例对本发明作详细说明。
本发明一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，如图1所示，所述方法包括：
101、当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，所述第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息。
其中，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
需要说明的是，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。当触发方式为事件触发时，上述统计量超过资源使用检测门限后，就会上报统计。当触发方式为周期触发时，在每个统计周期内，上述统计量超过资源使用检测门限后，就会上报统计。
具体的，如果触发资源使用信息上报的方式是周期触发，资源使用统计方式可以为规定的上报周期内的干扰功率、干扰出现的频率、干扰出现的次数、干扰出现的长度，接收数据功率、接收数据包的频率、接收数据包的次数、接收数据包占所有资源的比率等。
如果触发资源使用信息上报的方式是事件触发，资源使用统计方式应为仅使用数据包作为统计粒度即可完成统计的事件，包括但不限于：某一个失败的数据包的接受功率超过资源使用检测功率门限，或者连续接收的若干D2D链路上的数据包中接收失败的数据包的数量大于所述干扰数据包门限；资源使用检测资源使用检测门限是单个数据包，或者连续若干个数据包就可以独立完成的检测门限，比如单个数据包的干扰功率门限、干扰次数门限、连续干扰丢失数据包门限数量，接收数据功率、接收数据包的频率、接收数据包的次数、接收数据包占所有资源的比率等，此处不做一一列举。当第一终端测量的资源使用水平达到所述资源使用检测门限时，触发干扰统计上报。
102、所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源 使用信息。
其中，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带。
103、所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息。
其中，所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
需要说明的是，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所处第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。如果所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
具体的，上报的资源使用信息可以为1-4bit大小的值表示被测资源的整体资源使用水平，当第一终端识别出干扰来自的小区或者运营商标识时，可以在上报的资源使用信息中携带测量的干扰小区标识(Identity，ID)或陆地移动网络标识(Public Land Mobile Network Identity，PLMN ID)。资源使用信息上报的方式可以是一个专用的上行信令，例如，LTE网络的RRC信令，也可以是一个专用的数据包，例如LTE网络中的媒体接入控制(Media Access Control，MAC)通信终端(Communication Edge，CE)，还可以携带在其他信令中，例如，携带在缓冲区状态报告(Buffer Status Report，BSR)内，在此不做限定。
需要说明的是，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程 度。
需要说明的是，当第一终端确定不再需要作为检测终端时，停止在分配的资源位置上广播作为检测终端的临时标识，不再进行资源使用检测和资源使用信息的上报。确定不再需要作为检测终端的方式包括：测量到参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，RSRP)高于预设门限、测量已经不处于需要检测干扰的资源的位置、切换到邻小区的时间大于预设门限、间隔了一定时间后没有接收到邻小区的数据包、或检测到其他的检测终端的信息等方式，在此不做限定。
本发明实施例中，将终端作为检测终端，检测终端对基站配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站，基站可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式可以在图1所示方法的基础上，如图2所示，在步骤101之前，执行步骤104。
104、第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
其中，预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。广播信息包括成为检测终端的第一预设条件。该预设条件可以为：第一终端测量到所在小区的RSRP值或者参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Receiving Quality，RSRQ)值低于预设下限；第一终端测量到某个邻小区的RSRP值或者RSRQ值的高于预设上限；在与邻小区相同的资源池内，第一终端接收到邻小区的数据包；没有接收到其他检测终端的信息等等。
本实施方式中，基站广播或第一终端预先设定成为检测终端的预设条件，第一终端可以根据自身测量的信息判断是否能够成为检测终端。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。则在图2所示方法的基础上，如图3所示，步骤104可以具体为1041和1042。
1041、所述第一终端根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿。
1042、当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
需要说明的是，第一终端还可以判断自身RSRP、RSRQ等是否达到预设门限来判断第一终端是否位于当前在小区的边沿；或者，第一终端根据邻小区的小区ID列表，以及每个邻区的RSRP或者RSRQ值是否达到第二预设上限来判断是否第一终端位于当前在小区的边沿，在此不做限定。
由于小区间干扰存在于小区边沿区域，如此本实施方式中，第一终端在位于小区边沿时才会判断是否能够成为检测终端，减少终端数据的处理过程。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的。则在图2所示方法的基础上，如图4所示，步骤104可以具体为1043。
1043、当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限 的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成。则在图2所示方法的基础上，如图5所示，在步骤104之前执行步骤106，步骤104可以具体为1044和1045。
106、所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数。
1044、所述第一终端判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系。
其中，所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系可以为所述随机数大于所述预设门限，或所述随机数小于所述预设门限等。
1045、若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
本实施方式中，可以进一步减少检测终端的数量，减少检测终端数量减少数据的处理过程。
需要说明的是，当所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置时，第一终端可以根据预设条件判断是否可以成为检测终端，即第一终端根据基站广播的配置信息与检测终端的预设条件，决定是否成为检测终端。此时步骤101中的配置信息可以通过广播的方式发送给第一终端，当判断成为检测终端后，不需要通知基站允许即可成为检测终端，显著降低基站配置检测终端的信令开销。同时，每个检测终端只检测自身传输资源的使用情况，每个终端不需要告知其他终端其检测能力，简化了资源使用情况检测的开销。第一终端只对自己当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置进行检测，后续上报的也为检测自己当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置的资源使用信息，基站可以根据其上报的信息对第一终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，具体的调整过程与下述实施例中图21-图26所示的数据处理流程相同。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图2所示方法的基础上，如图6所示，在步骤104之前执行步骤107和步骤108。
107、所述第一终端判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息。
其中，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的。
108、若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则所述第一终端执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
其中，若第一终端接收到其他检测终端在发送的广播消息中携带的临时标识，则表示第一终端处于其他检测终端检测的范围内，此时第一终端并不需要成为检测终端，因为第一终端所处的范围已经存在一个检测终端，周围的用户可以依赖该检测终端的资源使用检测进行干扰避免；若第一终端未接收到其他检测终端在发送的广播消息中携带的临时标识，则表示第一终端所处的范围没有其他检测终端，第一终端可以成为检测终端。
本实施方式中，第一终端可以根据判断是否接收到临时标识，来确定其所在区域是否已经存在检测终端，如果已经存在检测终端，则其没必要再作为检测终端对干扰进行检测，减少数据的处理过程。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图2所示方法的基础上，如图7所示，在步骤102之前，执行步骤109和步骤110。
109、所述第一终端向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
其中，请求信息可以携带：测量的小区RSRP值；测量的RSRP值高于预设门限的邻小区ID或者PLMN ID，以及测量的RSRP值；接收到邻小区数据包的邻小区ID或者PLMN ID等。
110、所述第一终端接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
本实施方式中，当第一终端满足成为检测终端的条件时，向基站发送请求信息，等基站确认后才能成为检测终端，通过该步骤，基站对检测终端的数量和分布进行控制，避免出现检测终端数量过多和检测终端数分布不均的情况，保证资源使用检测准确性的同时，减少检测终端数量减少数 据的处理过程。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；在图1所示方法的基础上，执行步骤111。
111、所述第一终端将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
其中，第一终端将第二临时标识添加到第一终端发送的数据包中，以便于第二终端能够检测到临时标识。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置，则在图1所示方法的基础上，本发明实施例方法实施例还可以执行下述步骤。
112、所述第一终端在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
其中，广播资源位置的信息可以为一个D2D传输的资源位置，包括但不限于以下的信息：频域位置、时域位置、采用的跳频方式、传输ID的周期等。
步骤111和步骤112所示的实施方式可以使检测终端检测范围内的第二终端获得其临时标识并上报基站，从而使基站能够准确确定第二终端所在位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据干扰程度或者使用程度对处于资源位置的第二终端进行调度。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，在如图1所示的基础上，如图8所示，步骤102具体为执行下述步骤。
1021、在每个所述上报周期内，所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断 接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限。
1022、当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，在如图1所示的基础上，如图9所示，步骤102具体为执行下述步骤。
1023、在每个所述上报周期内，所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限。
1024、当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，当所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置时，在图1所示方法的基础上，如图10所示，在步骤103之后，还可以执行下述步骤。
113、所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为 所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值。
114、所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图10所示方法的基础上，如图11所示，在步骤114具体为下述步骤。
1141、所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰或干扰程度/使用程度最低的资源。
1142、所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰或干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图10所示方法的基础上，如图12、13、14所示，在步骤114具体为下述步骤。
1143、所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰。
在步骤1143之后，执行步骤1144或1145。
1144、当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率。
1145、当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源。
在步骤1145之后，执行步骤1146或1147。
1146、当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置。
1147、当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息。
1148、所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端重新分配的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信 息。
本发明又一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，如图15所示，所述方法包括：
201、基站接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息。
其中，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的。
202、所述基站根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
203、所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
需要说明的是，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测资源使用检测门限和干扰统计方式，所述资源使用检测资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
本发明实施例中，将终端作为检测终端，检测终端对基站配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站，基站可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，在图15所示方法的基础上，如图16所示，在步骤201之前，还可以执行步骤。
204、所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息。
其中，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，在图16所示方法的基础上，如图17所示，在步骤204之前，还可以执行步骤。
205、所述基站向所述第一终端发送广播信息。
其中，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，用于第一终端判断产生随机数与所述预设门限的关系，确定是否成为检测终端。
本实施方式中，基站广播成为检测终端的预设条件的参数，第一终端可以根据自身测量的信息判断是否能够成为检测终端，当第一终端确定能够成为检测终端时，可以不需要与基站进行交互就成为检测终端。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，在图15所示方法的基础上，如图18所示，在步骤201之前，还可以执行步骤。
206、所述基站接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息。
其中，所述请求信息用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端。
207、所述基站确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端。
其中，基站可以通过小区内终端的上报的信道质量指示(Channel Quality Index，CQI)、参考信号质量(RSRP)、定时提前量(Timing Advance，TA)、切换前的服务小区或UE上报的位置信息等，判断出该终端是否处在小区边沿。当终端处在小区边沿时，判断终端发送的数据，例如，调度请 求(Scheduling Request，SR)信息、缓存区报告信息(Buffer Status Report，BSR)、MAC数据，中是否携带其他检测终端的临时标识。当终端发送的数据没有携带其他检测终端的临时标识时，确定终端没有处于其他检测终端的覆盖范围，此时可以确定其为检测终端，为其附近的小区边沿UE进行D2D链路资源使用信息，则向终端发送第一终端为检测终端的指令。
208、当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，所述基站向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
需要说明的是，允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
本实施方式中，当第一终端确定能够成为检测终端时，基站接收第一终端发送的请求信息，然后基站根据小区内检测终端的数量和分布情况确定是否允许第一终端为检测终端，如此可以避免测终端的数量过多或分布不均等出现重复检测的情况。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图16所示方法的基础上，如图19所示，在步骤204之前，还可以执行步骤。
209、所述基站根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿。
210、当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，所述基站判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识。
211、当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，所述基站确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
由于小区间干扰存在于小区边沿区域，如此本实施方式中，第一终端在位于小区边沿时，基站才会考虑其作为检测终端，而第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识，说明第一终端处于其他检测终端的检测范围，即第一终端所处的资源位置已经存在其他检测终端，并不需 要第一终端进行资源使用检测，如此，当第一终端的数据信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，基站执行步骤向确定为检测终端的第一终端发送配置信息，避免检测终端之间重复进行资源使用检测，减少数据的处理过程。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图15所示方法的基础上，如图20所示，在步骤203之前，还可以执行步骤。
212、所述基站判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识。
213、若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则所述基站根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
本发明实施例中，第二终端发送的数据中是否携带第一终端的临时标识，基站根据临时标识确定出第二终端处于第一终端的检测范围，进而根据第一终端上报的资源使用信息确定出第二终端所在资源位置的干扰情况，则基站可以更准确的对第二终端进行调度。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图20所示方法的基础上，如图21所示，步骤203可以具体为步骤执行。
2031、所述基站向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令。
其中，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
或者，如图22所示，步骤203可以具体为步骤执行。
2032、所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令。
2033、在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令。
其中，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图20所示方法的基础上，如图 23所示，步骤203可以具体为步骤2034执行。
2034、所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率。
或者，如图24所示，步骤203可以具体为步骤2035执行。
2035、所述基站通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
其中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带干扰参数序列，所述干扰参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述干扰参数表示与所述干扰参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述干扰参数对应资源干扰的程度、或者与所述干扰参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述干扰参数对应资源使用的程度。
本实施方式中，基站通过广播或寻呼的方式向第一终端或第二终端发送寻呼信令和专用信令，不需要基站与第一终端或第二终端之间建立连接即可实现，如此，即使第一终端或第二终端处于空闲状态时，基站可以使处在空闲态的终端也能够实现干扰协调，扩大了干扰协调机制的使用场景。
本发明实施例中又一种实施方式中，在图23、24所示方法的基础上，如图25、26所示，在步骤2034或步骤2035之后，还可以执行下述步骤。
214、所述基站接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息。
其中，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息。
215、所述基站根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
216、基站向第二终端发送的响应信息。
其中，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本实施方式中，基站广播发送资源使用信息和/或向第二终端发送资源配置信息后，接收第二终端携带检测的空闲资源信息的调度请求，基站根据调度请求和检测终端上报的资源使用信息确定为第二终端重新分配的资源，如此，基站考虑了第二终端测量的周围环境的资源信息，能够更加准确的对第二终端进行调度，可以准确的避免干扰。
本发明又一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，如图27所示，方法包括：
301、第一终端接收其他终端的广播信息。
302、当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述第一终端解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识。
303、当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至资源请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中。
其中，资源请求可以携带在调度请求信息、缓存区报告信息、MAC数据或无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令中。
304、所述第一终端向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据。
其中，所述第一终端向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，所述第一终端向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
需要说明的是，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、 或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
本发明实施例中，第一终端将临时标识添加至资源请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中上报基站，基站根据临时标识确定出对应的检测终端，进而根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息确定出第一终端所在资源位置的干扰情况，则基站可以更准确的对第一终端进行调度。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，在图27所示方法的基础上，如图28所示，步骤303之前，还可以执行下述步骤。
305、第一终端判断解析的临时标识的数量是否大于1。
306、当解析的临时标识的数量大于1时，第一终端确定接收临时标识对应广播信息的接收功率。
步骤303可以具体为步骤执行。
3031、第一终端将接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至数据请求信令或数据包中。
本实施方式中，第一终端接收到的临时标识有多个时，可以从中确定接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识，其添加至数据请求信令或MAC数据中，以便于上报给基站，数据包接收功率越大，说明两者距离越近，如此基站接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识确定出的干扰情况最接近第一终端所在资源位置的干扰情况，则基站可以更准确的对第一终端进行调度。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，如图29所示，还可以执行下述步骤。
307、所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的专用信令。
其中，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输 的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值。
308、所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
本实施方式中，当第一终端处于空闲状态时，基站可以不与第一终端建立连接即可通知其资源使用信息或调度信息，使处在空闲态的终端也能够实现干扰协调，扩大了干扰协调机制的使用场景。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，在图29所示方法的基础上，如图30所示，步骤308还可以具体为下述步骤执行。
3081、所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰或干扰程度/使用程度最低的资源。
3082、所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰或所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
本实施方式中，第一终端可以根据干扰参数确定没有干扰或干扰程度最低的资源，然后调整至这些没有干扰或干扰程度或者使用程度最低的资源上，避免邻小区干扰对D2D链路的影响。
本发明实施例中一种实施方式中，当调度信息为所有资源位置的资源使用信息时，在图29所示方法的基础上，如图31、32、33所示，步骤308还可以具体为下述步骤执行。
3083、所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰。
在步骤3083之后，执行步骤3084或者步骤3085。
3084、当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率。
3085、当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源。
在步骤3085之后，执行步骤3086或者步骤3087。
3086、当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置。
3087、当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息。
3088、第一终端接收基站发送的响应信息。
其中，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本实施方式中，第一终端根据资源使用信息或调度信息确定第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰后，既可以通过调整发送功率来降低干扰的影响，还可以对周围的资源进行检测，检测出周围空闲资源后与基站协商调整的资源位置，或者直接调整到测量的空闲资源，如此，可以在基站提供的资源使用信息或调度信息并不适合第一基站进行调度时，第一基站可以根据自己检测的信息进行资源调度，以避免邻小区干扰对D2D链路的影响。
本发明又一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置40，如图34所示，所述装置40包括：
接收单元41，用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
检测单元42，用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
发送单元43，用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
进一步的，如图35所示，所述装置40还可以包括：
判断单元44，用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
其中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
进一步的，所述判断单元44具体用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
其中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的。
进一步的，所述判断单元44具体用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
其中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成。
进一步的，如图35所示，所述装置40还可以包括：
生成单元45，用于通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数。
所述判断单元44具体用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
进一步的，所述判断单元44还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
进一步的，所述发送单元43还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；
所述接收单元41还用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
其中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识。
进一步的，如图35所示，所述装置40还可以包括：
添加单元46，用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
其中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置。
进一步的，所述发送单元43，用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
其中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
进一步的，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述检测单元42具体用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包 的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
进一步的，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述检测单元42具体用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
其中，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。如果所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示 与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
进一步的，所述接收单元41还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；
进一步的，如图35所示，所述装置40还可以包括：
调整单元47，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
进一步的，所述调整单元47具体用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
进一步的，所述调整单元47具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例中，将装置40作为检测终端，检测终端对基站配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站，基站可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明又一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置50，如图36所示，所述装置50包括：
接收单元51，用于接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；
确定单元52，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；
处理单元53，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
进一步的，如图37所示，所述装置50还可以包括：
发送单元54，用于向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
进一步的，所述发送单元54还用于向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门 限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
进一步的，所述发送单元54还用于接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；
所述确定单元52还用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；
所述发送单元54还用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
其中，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
进一步的，所述确定单元53还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；
进一步的，如图37所示，所述装置50还可以包括：
判断单元55，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；
所述确定单元52还用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
进一步的，所述处理单元53具体用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
进一步的，所述处理单元53具体用于向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配 进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用于在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
进一步的，所述处理单元53具体用于通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
其中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
进一步的，所述接收单元51还用于接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；
所述确定单元52还用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；
所述发送单元54还用于向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
其中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门 限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
本发明实施例中，将终端作为检测终端，检测终端对装置50配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报装置50，装置50可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明又一实施例提供一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置60，如图38所示，所述装置60包括：
接收单元61，用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
判断单元62，用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；
添加单元63，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
发送单元64，用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
进一步的，所述判断单元62还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；
如图39所示，所述装置60还可以包括：
确定单元65，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；
所述添加单元63具体用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时 标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
其中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
进一步的，所述接收单元61还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
如图39所示，所述装置60还可以包括：
调整单元66，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
进一步的，所述调整单元66具体用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
进一步的，所述调整单元66具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基 站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例中，装置60将临时标识添加至资源请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中上报基站，基站根据临时标识确定出对应的检测终端，进而根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息确定出装置60所在资源位置的干扰情况，则基站可以更准确的对装置60进行调度。
本发明实施例还提供了一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端70，如图40所示，包括：至少一个处理单元701，例如CPU，至少一个通信单元702或者其他输入单元703，存储单元704，输出单元705，至少一个通信总线706，以及电源707。通信总线706用于实现这些组件之间的通信。
处理单元701为终端70的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个终端70的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储单元内的软件程序和/或模块，以及调用存储在存储单元704内的数据，以执行终端70的各种功能和/或处理数据。所述处理单元701可以由集成电路(Integrated Circuit，IC)组成，例如可以由单颗封装的IC所组成，也可以由连接多颗相同功能或不同功能的封装IC而组成。举例来说，处理单元701可以仅包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，也可以是GPU、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、及通信单元中的控制芯片(例如基带芯片)的组合。在本发明实施方式中，CPU可以是单运算核心，也可以包括多运算核心。
通信单元702用于建立通信信道，使终端70通过所述通信信道以连接至远程服务器，并从所述远程服务器下载媒体数据，或向所述远程服务器上传媒体数据。所述通信单元702可以包括无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，wireless LAN)模块、蓝牙模块、基带(Base Band)模块等通信模块，以及所述通信模块对应的射频(Radio Frequency，RF)电路，用于进行无线局域网络通信、蓝牙通信、红外线通信及/或蜂窝式通 信系统通信，例如宽带码分多重接入(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，W-CDMA)及/或高速下行封包存取(High Speed Downlink Packet Access，HSDPA)。所述通信模块用于控制终端70中的各组件的通信，并且可以支持直接内存存取(Direct Memory Access)。
在本发明的不同实施方式中，所述通信单元702中的各种通信模块一般以集成电路芯片(Integrated Circuit Chip)的形式出现，并可进行选择性组合，而不必包括所有通信模块及对应的天线组。例如，所述通信单元702可以仅包括基带芯片、射频芯片以及相应的天线以在一个蜂窝通信系统中提供通信功能。经由所述通信单元702建立的无线通信连接，例如无线局域网接入或WCDMA接入，所述终端70可以连接至蜂窝网(Cellular Network)或因特网(Internet)。在本发明的一些可选实施方式中，所述通信单元702中的通信模块，例如基带模块可以集成到处理单元701中。
输入单元703，用于实现用户与终端70的交互和/或信息输入到终端70中。例如，输入单元703可以接收用户输入的数字或字符信息，以产生与用户设置或功能控制有关的信号输入。在本发明具体实施方式中，输入单元703可以是触控面板，也可以是其他人机交互界面，例如实体输入键、麦克风等，还可是其他外部信息撷取装置，例如摄像头等。触控面板，也称为触摸屏或触控屏，可收集用户在其上触摸或接近的操作动作。比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板上或接近触控面板的位置的操作动作，并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的，触控面板可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中，触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸操作，并将检测到的触摸操作转换为电信号，以及将所述电信号传送给触摸控制器；触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收所述电信号，并将它转换成触点坐标，再送给处理单元701。所述触摸控制器还可以接收处理单元701发来的命令并执行。此外，可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线(Infrared)以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板。在本发明的其他实施方式中，输入单元703所采用的实体输入键可以包括但不限于物 理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。麦克风形式的输入单元703可以收集用户或环境输入的语音并将其转换成电信号形式的、处理单元701可执行的命令。
存储单元704用于存储软件程序以及模块，处理单元701通过运行存储在存储单元704的软件程序以及模块，从而执行终端70的各种功能应用以及实现数据处理。存储单元704主要包括程序存储区和数据存储区，其中，程序存储区可存储操作系统7041、至少一个功能所需的应用程序7042，比如声音播放程序、图像播放程序等等；数据存储区可存储根据终端70的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。在本发明具体实施方式中，存储单元704可以包括易失性存储器，例如非挥发性动态随机存取内存(Nonvolatile Random Access Memory，NVRAM)、相变化随机存取内存(Phase Change RAM，PRAM)、磁阻式随机存取内存(Magetoresistive RAM，MRAM)等，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、电子可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EEPROM)、闪存器件，例如反或闪存(NOR flash memory)或是反及闪存(NAND flash memory)。非易失存储器储存处理单元701所执行的操作系统7041及应用程序7042。所述处理单元701从所述非易失存储器加载运行程序与数据到内存并将数字内容储存于大量储存装置中。所述操作系统7041包括用于控制和管理常规系统任务，例如内存管理、存储设备控制、电源管理等，以及有助于各种软硬件之间通信的各种组件和/或驱动器。在本发明实施方式中，所述操作系统可以是Android系统、iOS系统或Windows操作系统等，还可以是Vxworks这类的嵌入式操作系统。
所述应用程序7042包括安装在终端70上的任何应用，包括但不限于浏览器、电子邮件、即时消息服务、文字处理、键盘虚拟、窗口小部件(Widget)、加密、数字版权管理、语音识别、语音复制、定位(例如由全球定位系统提供的功能)、音乐播放等等。
输出单元706包括但不限于影像输出单元和声音输出单元。影像输出单元用于输出文字、图片和/或视频。所述影像输出单元可包括显示面板，例如采用LCD(Liquid Crystal Display，液晶显示器)、OLED(Organic Light-Emitting Diode，有机发光二极管)、场发射显示器(field emission display，FED)等形式来配置的显示面板。或者所述影像输出单元可以包括反射式显示器，例如电泳式(electrophoretic)显示器，或利用光干涉调变技术(Interferometric Modulation of Light)的显示器。所述影像输出单元可以包括单个显示器或不同尺寸的多个显示器。在本发明的具体实施方式中，上述输入单元703所采用的触控面板亦可同时作为输出单元706的显示面板。例如，当触控面板检测到在其上的触摸或接近的手势操作后，传送给处理单元701以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理单元701根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板上提供相应的视觉输出。输入单元703与输出单元706可以作为两个独立的部件来实现终端70的输入和输出功能，但是在某些实施例中，可以将触控面板与显示面板集成一体而实现终端70的输入和输出功能。例如，所述影像输出单元可以显示各种图形化用户接口(Graphical User Interface，GUI)以作为虚拟控制组件，包括但不限于窗口、卷动轴、图标及剪贴簿，以供用户通过触控方式进行操作。
音频输出单元包括数字模拟转换器，用来将处理单元701所输出的音频信号从数字格式转换为模拟格式。
电源707用于给终端70的不同部件进行供电以维持其运行。作为一般性理解，所述电源707可以是内置的电池，例如常见的锂离子电池、镍氢电池等，也包括直接向终端70供电的外接电源，例如AC适配器等。在本发明的一些实施方式中，所述电源707还可以作更为广泛的定义，例如还可以包括电源管理系统、充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或逆变器、电源状态指示器(如发光二极管)，以及与终端70的电能生成、管理及分布相关联的其他任何组件。
具体的，所述通信单元702用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接 收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
所述处理单元701用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
所述通信单元702还用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
本发明实施例的一种实施方式中，所述处理单元701还用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元701还用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
所述处理单元701还用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；
所述处理单元701还用于所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；以及，用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元701还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述通信单元702还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；以及，用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；
所述处理单元701还用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；
所述通信单元702还用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述处理单元701还用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述处理单元701还用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门 限时，确定存在干扰。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，若所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述通信单元702还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；以及，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元701还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一 终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元701还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，
所述通信单元702还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例中，将终端70作为检测终端，检测终端对基站配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站，基站可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明实施例还提供了一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调基站80，如图41所示，基站80包括处理单元81和接口电路82，图中还示出了存储单元83和总线84，该处理单元81、接口电路82和存储单元83通过总线84连接并完成相互间的通信。
需要说明的是，这里的处理单元81可以是一个处理元件，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，该处理元件可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多 个集成电路，例如：一个或多个微处理单元(digital singnal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)。
存储单元83可以是一个存储装置，也可以是多个存储元件的统称，且用于存储可执行程序代码或接入网管理设备运行所需要参数、数据等。且存储单元83可以包括随机存储单元(RAM)，也可以包括非易失性存储单元(non-volatile memory)，例如磁盘存储单元，闪存(Flash)等。
总线84可以是工业标准体系结构(Industry Standard Architecture，ISA)总线、外部设备互连(Peripheral Component，PCI)总线或扩展工业标准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture，EISA)总线等。该总线84可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图41中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
该基站80还可以包括输入输出装置，连接于总线84，以通过总线84与处理单元81等其它部分连接。
其中，处理单元81调用存储单元83中的程序代码，用于执行以上方法实施例中CN网元执行的操作。
具体的，所述处理单元81用于通过所述接口电路82接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；以及，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；以及，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
本发明实施例的一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测 参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；以及，用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；以及，用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，通过所述接口电路82向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；以及，用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则根据所述第 一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用于在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，通过所述接口电路82向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元81还用于通过所述接口电路82接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；以及，用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送 功率信息；以及，用于通过所述接口电路82向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
本发明实施例中，将终端作为检测终端，检测终端对基站80配置的资源或当前进行D2D数据传输的资源进行检测，得出资源使用信息并上报基站80，基站80可以根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息准确的通知资源的使用情况，进而及时对检测终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整，降低本小区终端D2D链路上的干扰，有效提升对D2D链路的小区间干扰的抑制水平。
本发明实施例还提供了一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端90，如图42所示，包括：至少一个处理单元901，例如CPU，至少一个通信单元902或者其他输入单元903，存储单元904，输出单元905，至少一个通信总线906，以及电源907。通信总线906用于实现这些组件之间的通信。
处理单元901为终端90的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个终端90的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储单元内的软件程序和/或模块，以及调用存储在存储单元904内的数据，以执行终端90的各种功能和/或处理数据。所述处理单元901可以由集成电路(Integrated Circuit，IC)组成，例如可以由单颗封装的IC所组成，也可以由连接多颗相同功能或不同功能的封装IC而组成。举例来说，处理单元901可以仅包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，也可以是GPU、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、及通信单元中的控制芯片(例如基带芯片)的 组合。在本发明实施方式中，CPU可以是单运算核心，也可以包括多运算核心。
通信单元902用于建立通信信道，使终端90通过所述通信信道以连接至远程服务器，并从所述远程服务器下载媒体数据，或向所述远程服务器上传媒体数据。所述通信单元902可以包括无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，wireless LAN)模块、蓝牙模块、基带(Base Band)模块等通信模块，以及所述通信模块对应的射频(Radio Frequency，RF)电路，用于进行无线局域网络通信、蓝牙通信、红外线通信及/或蜂窝式通信系统通信，例如宽带码分多重接入(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，W-CDMA)及/或高速下行封包存取(High Speed Downlink Packet Access，HSDPA)。所述通信模块用于控制终端90中的各组件的通信，并且可以支持直接内存存取(Direct Memory Access)。
在本发明的不同实施方式中，所述通信单元902中的各种通信模块一般以集成电路芯片(Integrated Circuit Chip)的形式出现，并可进行选择性组合，而不必包括所有通信模块及对应的天线组。例如，所述通信单元902可以仅包括基带芯片、射频芯片以及相应的天线以在一个蜂窝通信系统中提供通信功能。经由所述通信单元902建立的无线通信连接，例如无线局域网接入或WCDMA接入，所述终端90可以连接至蜂窝网(Cellular Network)或因特网(Internet)。在本发明的一些可选实施方式中，所述通信单元902中的通信模块，例如基带模块可以集成到处理单元901中。
输入单元903，用于实现用户与终端90的交互和/或信息输入到终端90中。例如，输入单元903可以接收用户输入的数字或字符信息，以产生与用户设置或功能控制有关的信号输入。在本发明具体实施方式中，输入单元903可以是触控面板，也可以是其他人机交互界面，例如实体输入键、麦克风等，还可是其他外部信息撷取装置，例如摄像头等。触控面板，也称为触摸屏或触控屏，可收集用户在其上触摸或接近的操作动作。比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板上或接近触控面板 的位置的操作动作，并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的，触控面板可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中，触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸操作，并将检测到的触摸操作转换为电信号，以及将所述电信号传送给触摸控制器；触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收所述电信号，并将它转换成触点坐标，再送给处理单元901。所述触摸控制器还可以接收处理单元901发来的命令并执行。此外，可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线(Infrared)以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板。在本发明的其他实施方式中，输入单元903所采用的实体输入键可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。麦克风形式的输入单元903可以收集用户或环境输入的语音并将其转换成电信号形式的、处理单元901可执行的命令。
存储单元904用于存储软件程序以及模块，处理单元901通过运行存储在存储单元904的软件程序以及模块，从而执行终端90的各种功能应用以及实现数据处理。存储单元904主要包括程序存储区和数据存储区，其中，程序存储区可存储操作系统9041、至少一个功能所需的应用程序9042，比如声音播放程序、图像播放程序等等；数据存储区可存储根据终端90的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。在本发明具体实施方式中，存储单元904可以包括易失性存储器，例如非挥发性动态随机存取内存(Nonvolatile Random Access Memory，NVRAM)、相变化随机存取内存(Phase Change RAM，PRAM)、磁阻式随机存取内存(Magetoresistive RAM，MRAM)等，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、电子可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EEPROM)、闪存器件，例如反或闪存(NOR flash memory)或是反及闪存(NAND flash memory)。非易失存储器储存处理单元901所执行的操作系统9041及应用程序9042。所述处理单元901从所述非易失存储器加载运行程序与数据到内存并将数字内容储存于大量储存装置中。所述操作系统9041包括用于控制和管理常规系统任务， 例如内存管理、存储设备控制、电源管理等，以及有助于各种软硬件之间通信的各种组件和/或驱动器。在本发明实施方式中，所述操作系统可以是Android系统、iOS系统或Windows操作系统等，还可以是Vxworks这类的嵌入式操作系统。
所述应用程序9042包括安装在终端90上的任何应用，包括但不限于浏览器、电子邮件、即时消息服务、文字处理、键盘虚拟、窗口小部件(Widget)、加密、数字版权管理、语音识别、语音复制、定位(例如由全球定位系统提供的功能)、音乐播放等等。
输出单元906包括但不限于影像输出单元和声音输出单元。影像输出单元用于输出文字、图片和/或视频。所述影像输出单元可包括显示面板，例如采用LCD(Liquid Crystal Display，液晶显示器)、OLED(Organic Light-Emitting Diode，有机发光二极管)、场发射显示器(field emission display，FED)等形式来配置的显示面板。或者所述影像输出单元可以包括反射式显示器，例如电泳式(electrophoretic)显示器，或利用光干涉调变技术(Interferometric Modulation of Light)的显示器。所述影像输出单元可以包括单个显示器或不同尺寸的多个显示器。在本发明的具体实施方式中，上述输入单元903所采用的触控面板亦可同时作为输出单元906的显示面板。例如，当触控面板检测到在其上的触摸或接近的手势操作后，传送给处理单元901以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理单元901根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板上提供相应的视觉输出。输入单元903与输出单元906可以作为两个独立的部件来实现终端90的输入和输出功能，但是在某些实施例中，可以将触控面板与显示面板集成一体而实现终端90的输入和输出功能。例如，所述影像输出单元可以显示各种图形化用户接口(Graphical User Interface，GUI)以作为虚拟控制组件，包括但不限于窗口、卷动轴、图标及剪贴簿，以供用户通过触控方式进行操作。
音频输出单元包括数字模拟转换器，用来将处理单元901所输出的音频信号从数字格式转换为模拟格式。
电源907用于给终端90的不同部件进行供电以维持其运行。作为一般性理解，所述电源907可以是内置的电池，例如常见的锂离子电池、镍氢电池等，也包括直接向终端90供电的外接电源，例如AC适配器等。在本发明的一些实施方式中，所述电源907还可以作更为广泛的定义，例如还可以包括电源管理系统、充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或逆变器、电源状态指示器(如发光二极管)，以及与终端90的电能生成、管理及分布相关联的其他任何组件。
具体的，所述通信单元902用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
所述处理单元901用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；以及，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
所述通信单元902还用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
本发明实施例的一种实施方式中，所述处理单元901还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；以及，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；以及，用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述通信单元902还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
所述处理单元901还用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元901还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
本发明实施例的又一种实施方式中，所述处理单元901还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
所述通信单元902还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
本发明实施例中，终端90将临时标识添加至资源请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中上报基站，基站根据临时标识确定出对应的检测终端，进 而根据检测终端上报的资源使用信息确定出终端90所在资源位置的干扰情况，则基站可以更准确的对终端90进行调度。
本发明实施例提供的设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置可以实现上述提供的方法实施例，具体功能实现请参见方法实施例中的说明，在此不再赘述。本发明实施例提供的设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置可以适用于基站对小区间干扰的调节，但不仅限于此。
本说明书中的各个实施例均采用递进的方式描述，各个实施例之间相同相似的部分互相参见即可，每个实施例重点说明的都是与其他实施例的不同之处。尤其，对于设备实施例而言，由于其基本相似于方法实施例，所以描述得比较简单，相关之处参见方法实施例的部分说明即可。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成，所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中，所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory，ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory，RAM)等。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应该以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (111)

  1. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，其特征在于，包括：
    当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，所述第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
    所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
    所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，所述第一终端接收第一基站发送的配置信息资源使用检测参数资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；
    当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述 第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
    所述第一终端根据第二预设条件判断所述第一终端是否可以成为检测终端，包括：
    当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  6. 根据权利要求2-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；
    则在所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端之前，所述方法包括：
    所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；
    所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端包括：
    所述第一终端判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；
    若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则所述第一终端确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  7. 根据权利要求2-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端根据所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广 播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；
    若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则所述第一终端执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
  8. 根据权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；
    所述第一终端接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；
    当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息包括：
    在每个所述上报周期内，所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；
    当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述第一终端根据所述资源使用检测参数检测所述资源位置的资源使用信息包括：
    所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；
    当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二资源进行D2D 数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
    所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
    所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；
    所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端根据所述广播信息调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；
    所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；
    当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；
    或者，
    当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；
    当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
    或者，
    当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；
    所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  20. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，其特征在于，包括：
    基站接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；
    所述基站根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；
    所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息前，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；
    所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
  23. 根据权利要求20-22任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站接收所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的资源使用信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；
    所述基站确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；
    当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，所述基站向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
  25. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站向所述第一终端发送配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；
    当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，所述基站判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；
    当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，所述基站确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
  26. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；
    若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则所述基站根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送 功率包括：
    所述基站向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；
    或者，
    所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；
    在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，所述基站向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度包括：
    所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，
    所述基站通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，或所述基站通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第二终端之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述基站接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资 源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；
    所述基站根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；
    所述基站向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  31. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；
    当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  32. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端接收其他终端的广播信息；
    当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，所述第一终端解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；
    当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
    所述第一终端向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中之前，所 述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；
    当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，所述第一终端确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；
    所述第一终端将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中包括：
    所述第一终端将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或，
    接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
    所述第一终端根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端根据所述广播信息调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的 资源；
    所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率包括：
    所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；
    当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；
    或者，
    当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，所述第一终端检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；
    当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
    或者，
    当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，所述第一终端向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；
    所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  38. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
    检测单元，用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置， 或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
    发送单元，用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    判断单元，用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置，其特征在于，所述判断单元具体用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
    所述判断单元具体用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  43. 根据权利要求39-42任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；所述装置还包括：
    生成单元，用于通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；
    所述判断单元具体用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  44. 根据权利要求39-43任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述判断单元还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
  45. 根据权利要求39-44任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；
    所述接收单元还用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
  46. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；所述装置还包括：
    添加单元，用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
  47. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；所述装置还包括：
    广播单元，用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
  48. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所 述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述检测单元具体用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
  50. 根据权利要求48所述的装置，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述检测单元具体用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
  51. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或 者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，如果所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；所述装置还包括：
    调整单元，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调整单元具体用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调整单元具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整 所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  57. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；
    确定单元，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；
    处理单元，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接 收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
  60. 根据权利要求57-59任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；
    所述确定单元还用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；
    所述发送单元还用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的装置，其特征在于，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1bit。
  62. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；所述装置还包括：
    判断单元，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；
    所述确定单元还用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
  63. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用 于向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用于在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；
    所述确定单元还用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息；
    所述发送单元还用于向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  68. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  69. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
    判断单元，用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；
    添加单元，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
    发送单元，用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的装置，其特征在于，所述判断单元还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；所述装置还包括：
    确定单元，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；
    所述添加单元具体用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
  71. 根据权利要求69所述的装置，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干 扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；所述装置还包括：
    调整单元，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调整单元具体用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  74. 根据权利要求72所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调整单元具体用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  75. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端，其特征在于，所述终端至少包括：通信单元、处理单元；
    所述通信单元用于当所述第一终端成为检测终端时，接收第一基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应终端到终端D2D链路上的资源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式；
    所述处理单元用于根据所述资源使用检测参数检测资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带；
    所述通信单元还用于向所述第一基站上报所述资源使用信息，以便于所述第一基站根据所述资源使用信息对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置的第二终端进行D2D数据传输方式的调整。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端，所述预设条件的参数为所述第一基站通过广播信息发送的，或所述预设条件的参数为所述第一终端预先设定。
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的终端，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第一预设条件，所述第一预设条件包括判断所述第一终端位于所述第一终端当前所在小区边沿的条件，所述第一预设条件的参数包括所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值。
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述信号功率门限值判断所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述第一终端是否位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  79. 根据权利要求76-78任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第二预设条件，所述第二预设条件包括所述第一终端是否接收到通过资源列表中资源发送的数据包，所述第二预设条件的参数包括所述资源列表为第二基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交 关系的资源列表，所述第二基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应，所述资源列表为所述第一基站广播发送的；
    所述处理单元还用于当所述第一终端接收到通过所述资源列表中资源发送的数据包时，确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  80. 根据权利要求76-79任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括第三预设条件，所述第三预设条件的参数包括预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成；
    所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端通过预设随机序列生成所述随机数；以及，用于判断所述随机数与所述预设门限是否满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系；以及，用于若所述随机数与所述预设门限满足所述随机数与所述预设门限的关系，则确定所述第一终端成为所述检测终端。
  81. 根据权利要求76-80任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于判断是否接收到其他终端发送的携带第一临时标识的广播信息，所述第一临时标识为所述其他终端确定为所述检测终端后添加至所述其他终端发送的广播信息中的；以及，用于若所述第一终端未接收到所述携带所述第一临时标识的广播信息，则执行所述步骤所述第一终端根据所述预设条件的参数判断所述第一终端是否能够成为所述检测终端。
  82. 根据权利要求76-81任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于向所述第一基站发送请求信息，以便于请求所述第一基站允许所述第一终端成为所述检测终端；以及，用于接收所述第一基站发送的允许所述第一终端为所述检测终端的指令。
  83. 根据权利要求75所述的终端，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端配置的第二临时标识；
    所述处理单元还用于将所述第二临时标识添加到所述第一终端发送的数据包中。
  84. 根据权利要求75所述的终端，其特征在于，所述配置信息还包括所述第一基站为所述第一终端的第二临时标识和广播所述第二临时标识的广播资源位置；
    所述通信单元还用于在所述广播资源位置周期性广播所述第二临时标识。
  85. 根据权利要求75所述的终端，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的终端，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述处理单元还用于在每个所述上报周期内，判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限资源使用水平时，确定存在干扰。
  87. 根据权利要求85所述的终端，其特征在于，当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为事件触发时，所述处理单元还用于判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率是否大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例是否大于所述干扰数据包比例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率是否大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例是否大于所述接收数据包比例门限；以及，用于当所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的接收功率大于所述干扰功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收失败的数据包的比例大于所述干扰数据包比 例门限，或者所述第一终端判断接收数据包的接收功率大于所述接收功率门限，或所述第一终端判断接收的数据包的比例大于所述接收数据包比例门限时，确定存在干扰。
  88. 根据权利要求75所述的终端，其特征在于，所述第二资源进行D2D数据传输方式的调整包括为所述第二终端重新分配资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者通知所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，指示所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度调整使用的传输资源和/或调整发送功率。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的终端，其特征在于，若所述第一终端上报所述资源使用信息的所述资源位置为所述第一终端使用的传输D2D数据资源位置时，则所述第二终端也可以是所述第一终端。
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的终端，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的终端，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或发送D2D数据的功率调整值；以及，用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端进行D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资 源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  93. 根据权利要求91所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；或者，
    所述通信单元还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及，用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  94. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调基站，其特征在于，所述基站至少包括：处理单元和接口电路；
    所述处理单元用于通过所述接口电路接收第一终端上报的资源位置的资源使用信息，所述资源位置为所述第一终端当前进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置，或所述资源位置的信息由所述配置信息携带，所述资源使用信息为所述第一终端成为检测终端后发送的；以及，用于根据所述资源使用信息确定所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；以及，用于根据所述干扰程度或者所述使用程度对所述第一终端或使用所述资源位置进行数据传输的第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率，或者，通知所述第一终端或所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送配置信息，所述配置信息包括资源使用检测参数，所述检测终端用于测量所述检测终端对应D2D链路上的资 源使用水平，所述资源使用检测参数用于配置所述第一终端的资源使用检测方式。
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送广播信息，所述广播信息包括成为所述检测终端的预设条件的参数，以便于所述第一终端所述预设条件判断所述第一终端是否成为所述检测终端；所述预设条件的参数至少包括：用于所述第一终端接收所述第一基站信号的信号功率门限值；邻基站的资源中资源频率与所述第一基站的资源频率处于正交关系的资源列表，所述邻基站与所述第一基站对应小区的邻小区对应；预设门限，以及随机数与所述预设门限的关系，所述随机数为所述第一终端生成中的一项。
  97. 根据权利要求94-96任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路接收所述第一终端发送的请求信息，用于请求所述基站允许所述终第一端为检测终端；以及，用于确定是否允许所述第一终端为检测终端；以及，用于当确定允许所述第一终端为检测终端时，通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端发送允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的基站，其特征在于，所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令携带所述基站分配给所述第一终端的临时标识，或所述允许所述第一终端为检测终端的指令的大小为1位bit。
  99. 根据权利要求94所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一终端的发送给所述基站的信息确定所述终端是否处于所述基站对应小区的边沿；以及，用于当所述基站确定所述第一终端处于所述基站对应小区的边沿时，判断所述第一终端的数据信息中是否包含已有检测终端的临时标识；以及，用于当所述第一终端发送给所述基站的信息中不包含已有检测终端的临时标识时，确定所述第一终端为检测终端。
  100. 根据权利要求94所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于判断所述第二终端发送的数据中是否携带所述第一终端的临时标识；以及，用于若所述第二终端发送的数据中携带所述第一终端的临时标识，则 根据所述第一终端上报的所述资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度确定所述第二终端当前使用资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  101. 根据权利要求100所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端或者所述第二终端发送寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值；或者，向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送寻呼信令；以及，用于在所述第一终端或者第二终端响应所述寻呼信令后，通过所述接口电路向所述第一终端或者第二终端发送专用信令，所述专用信令携带所述第一终端或者第二终端重新分配进行D2D数据传输的资源和/或调整D2D数据的发送功率的功率调整值。
  102. 根据权利要求100所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路通过广播信息发送的所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度，以便于所述第二终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定调整的资源位置和/或发送D2D数据包的发送功率；或者，通过寻呼信令寻呼所述第一终端或第二终端，所述寻呼信令携带所述第二终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度。
  103. 根据权利要求102所述的基站，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于通过所述接口电路接收所述第一终端或第二终端发送的资源请求信息，所述资源请求信息携带所述第二终端检测的所述基站对应小区范围内空闲资源的信息；以及，用于根据所述所有资源的干扰程度或者使用程度和所述空闲资源的信息确定第二终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包 的发送功率信息；以及，用于通过所述接口电路向所述第二终端发送响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述基站为所述第二终端重新调度的资源位置信息和/或重新调整的发送数据包的发送功率信息。
  105. 根据权利要求94所述的基站，其特征在于，所述资源使用检测参数还包括触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式、资源使用检测门限和资源使用统计方式，所述资源使用检测门限包括：干扰功率门限、干扰数据包比例门限、接收功率门限和接收数据包比例门限中的至少一项，所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式包括周期触发和事件触发；当所述触发所述资源使用信息上报的方式为周期触发时，所述资源使用检测参数还包括上报周期。
  106. 一种设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调终端，其特征在于，所述终端至少包括：通信单元、处理单元；
    所述通信单元用于接收其他终端的广播信息；
    所述处理单元用于当所述第一终端判断位于所述第一终端当前所在小区的边沿时，解析接收到的所述广播信息，判断所述信息中是否携带临时标识；以及，用于当所述广播信息中携带所述临时标识时，将所述临时标识添加至调度请求信令或发送给所述基站的数据中；
    所述通信单元还用于向所述基站发送所述调度请求信令或所述发送给所述基站的数据，以便于所述基站根据所述临时标识确定所述第一终端所处资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度，并根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度对所述第一终端进行调度。
  107. 根据权利要求106所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于判断所述临时标识的数量是否大于1；以及，用于当所述临时标识的数量大于1时，确定接收所述临时标识对应数据包的接收功率；以及，用于将所述接收功率最大的数据包携带的临时标识添加至所述调度请求信令或发送给基站的数据中。
  108. 根据权利要求106所述的终端，其特征在于，所述干扰程度或者 使用程度包括携带资源使用参数序列，所述资源使用参数序列中的每个参数与所有资源中的一个资源一一对应，所述资源使用参数表示与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否存在干扰、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源存在干扰的程度、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源是否被使用、或者与所述资源使用参数对应资源使用的程度。
  109. 根据权利要求107所述的终端，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于接收所述基站通过广播信息发送的所有资源位置的干扰程度或者使用程度；或所述第一终端接收所述基站发送的寻呼信令，所述寻呼信令携带所述第一终端当前使用资源的干扰程度或者使用程度；或接收所述基站发送的专用信令，所述专用信令携带为所述第一终端重新分配的发送资源和/或发送的功率调整值；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述广播信息、所述寻呼信令或所述专用信令调整所述第一终端的进行终端到终端D2D数据传输的资源位置和/或调整发送D2D数据的功率。
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定没有干扰，或所述第一终端根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度确定干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源；以及，用于调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述没有干扰，或调整所述第一终端的资源位置至干扰程度或使用程度最低的资源所在位置。
  111. 根据权利要求109所述的终端，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述干扰程度或者使用程度判断所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰；以及，用于当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，调整所述第一终端发送数据包的发送功率；或者，当所述第一终端当前所在资源位置存在干扰时，检测所述第一终端覆盖范围内的是否存在空闲资源；以及，用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，调整所述第一终端的资源位置至所述空闲资源所在位置；
    所述通信单元还用于当所述第一终端覆盖范围内的存在空闲资源时，向所述基站发送调度请求，所述调度请求携带所述空闲资源的信息；以及， 用于接收所述基站发送的响应信息，所述响应信息携带所述第一终端调度后的资源位置信息和/或发送数据包的发送功率信息。
PCT/CN2015/094054 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置 WO2017075828A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/094054 WO2017075828A1 (zh) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置
CN201580083943.8A CN108141905B (zh) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置
EP15907670.2A EP3361822B1 (en) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 Method and device for device-to-device inter-cell interference cancellation
KR1020187014676A KR102142939B1 (ko) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 디바이스-대-디바이스 셀간 간섭 삭제를 위한 방법 및 디바이스
US15/971,468 US10985857B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2018-05-04 Method and apparatus for device-to-device inter-cell interference coordination

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/094054 WO2017075828A1 (zh) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/971,468 Continuation US10985857B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2018-05-04 Method and apparatus for device-to-device inter-cell interference coordination

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017075828A1 true WO2017075828A1 (zh) 2017-05-11

Family

ID=58661498

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/094054 WO2017075828A1 (zh) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US10985857B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3361822B1 (zh)
KR (1) KR102142939B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN108141905B (zh)
WO (1) WO2017075828A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3404957B1 (en) * 2016-01-14 2020-11-11 LG Electronics Inc. -1- Method for measuring and reporting d2d resource in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
WO2019090649A1 (zh) * 2017-11-09 2019-05-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种接入控制的方法，设备及计算机可读介质和系统
US11272461B2 (en) * 2018-08-10 2022-03-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting plurality of packets by sidelink terminal in wireless communication system
WO2020082381A1 (zh) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种接入控制方法、终端及存储介质
US20220256372A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2022-08-11 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Downlink transmission detecting method and device, configuration information transmission method and device, and downlink transmission method and device
CN111435906B (zh) * 2019-03-27 2021-11-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种参考值的确定方法及终端
CN112015542B (zh) * 2019-05-29 2024-07-16 潘仲光 资源收集方法、设备及存储介质
WO2021045596A1 (ko) * 2019-09-06 2021-03-11 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신시스템에서 사이드링크 자원의 해제에 관련된 기지국의 동작 방법 및 장치
US20230118526A1 (en) * 2021-09-06 2023-04-20 Apple Inc. User equipment activity alignment for power savings
WO2023108657A1 (zh) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种位置信息的确定方法及其装置

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090325625A1 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-31 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program for power control to mitigate interference
CN103686691A (zh) * 2012-09-18 2014-03-26 电信科学技术研究院 信号及配置信息发送和终端发现方法与设备
CN104144437A (zh) * 2013-05-08 2014-11-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备测量处理方法及装置
CN104202821A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2014-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备通信干扰避免方法和装置
CN104936165A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种网络覆盖状况检测方法、装置及系统
CN104956703A (zh) * 2013-03-01 2015-09-30 英特尔公司 网络级设备邻近度检测

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011069295A1 (en) * 2009-12-11 2011-06-16 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for allocating resources in wireless communication network
KR20140058644A (ko) * 2011-08-25 2014-05-14 엘지전자 주식회사 단말 간 직접 통신을 수행하는 방법과 이를 지원하는 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
WO2013066396A1 (en) * 2011-11-04 2013-05-10 Intel Corporation Individual and group paging in a wireless network
CA2932387C (en) 2011-11-04 2018-10-02 Intel Corporation Coordination of self-optimization operations in a self organizing network
US9143984B2 (en) * 2012-04-13 2015-09-22 Intel Corporation Mapping of enhanced physical downlink control channels in a wireless communication network
US8923880B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-12-30 Intel Corporation Selective joinder of user equipment with wireless cell
CN102883451B (zh) * 2012-10-12 2015-04-15 南京邮电大学 终端直通技术共享系统上行资源的跨层设计方法
US10602452B2 (en) * 2012-11-20 2020-03-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for device-to-device operation in a cellular communications system
EP3005810A1 (en) * 2013-06-06 2016-04-13 Nokia Technologies OY Methods and apparatus for interference management and resource sharing
JP2016532362A (ja) * 2013-07-31 2016-10-13 テレコム・イタリア・エッセ・ピー・アー 移動通信ネットワークにおけるデバイスツーデバイス通信管理
EP3063979A4 (en) * 2013-10-31 2017-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for charging information recording in device to device(d2d) communication
WO2015088276A1 (ko) * 2013-12-12 2015-06-18 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 측정 수행 방법 및 장치
CN110769496B (zh) * 2014-03-19 2022-07-08 交互数字专利控股公司 Wtru及由wtru执行的方法
US9398484B2 (en) * 2014-04-28 2016-07-19 Intel IP Corporation UE, eNB and method for channel access priority for distributed D2D
EP3668230B1 (en) * 2014-10-10 2021-08-11 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Wireless device reporting
US10034322B2 (en) * 2015-02-06 2018-07-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signal in communication system supporting device to device scheme
WO2017156790A1 (zh) * 2016-03-18 2017-09-21 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 用于d2d通信的方法和d2d设备

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090325625A1 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-31 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program for power control to mitigate interference
CN103686691A (zh) * 2012-09-18 2014-03-26 电信科学技术研究院 信号及配置信息发送和终端发现方法与设备
CN104956703A (zh) * 2013-03-01 2015-09-30 英特尔公司 网络级设备邻近度检测
CN104144437A (zh) * 2013-05-08 2014-11-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备测量处理方法及装置
CN104202821A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2014-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备通信干扰避免方法和装置
CN104936165A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种网络覆盖状况检测方法、装置及系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3361822A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108141905B (zh) 2020-11-17
US20180254842A1 (en) 2018-09-06
EP3361822B1 (en) 2019-09-04
US10985857B2 (en) 2021-04-20
EP3361822A1 (en) 2018-08-15
EP3361822A4 (en) 2018-09-05
KR20180074758A (ko) 2018-07-03
CN108141905A (zh) 2018-06-08
KR102142939B1 (ko) 2020-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017075828A1 (zh) 设备与设备之间小区干扰的协调方法及装置
EP3664553B1 (en) Method for information transmission adjustment, base station, and user equipment
JP6384878B2 (ja) ランダムアクセス方法、ランダムアクセス装置、およびユーザ機器
US8934909B2 (en) Method and apparatus for providing communication offloading to unlicensed bands
CN105682243A (zh) 一种调度信令的配置方法、接收方法和相关设备
JP2017505060A5 (zh)
US8879576B2 (en) Method and apparatus for unlicensed band operation
EP3226607B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting information in cell
CA2938016A1 (en) Channel monitoring method and device
JP6942811B2 (ja) 複数の無線技術の共存干渉を低減する方法、装置及び設備
WO2017028749A1 (zh) 一种指示信道状态信息参考信号资源的方法、设备
CN105682244A (zh) 一种调度信令的配置方法、接收方法和相关设备
WO2015154223A1 (zh) 通信控制方法及相关装置
WO2017075782A1 (zh) 消息发送方法、资源分配方法及设备
JP2017529764A (ja) 発見信号伝送方法、セル発見方法及び装置
JP2016541170A (ja) 移動性管理方法、装置及びシステム
WO2015169236A1 (zh) 一种网络辅助干扰删除的方法、装置、系统及相关设备
CN105165048B (zh) 一种用户设备、基站及载波利用方法
JP7487226B2 (ja) 通信方法およびデバイス
RU2743053C1 (ru) Передача данных и связанный продукт
WO2015198428A1 (ja) 基地局装置、移動局装置、無線通信システム、基地局装置の通信制御方法及び移動局装置の通信制御方法
WO2018014656A1 (zh) 一种控制信息设计方法、基站、终端及系统
WO2022111322A1 (zh) 触发边链路中继系统缓存状态报告方法及用户设备、介质
WO2017113394A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法及装置
WO2023217023A1 (zh) 旁链路定位方法、装置、终端、服务器和无线接入网设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15907670

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2015907670

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187014676

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A